WO2019058859A1 - Colored composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019058859A1
WO2019058859A1 PCT/JP2018/031053 JP2018031053W WO2019058859A1 WO 2019058859 A1 WO2019058859 A1 WO 2019058859A1 JP 2018031053 W JP2018031053 W JP 2018031053W WO 2019058859 A1 WO2019058859 A1 WO 2019058859A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
coloring composition
mass
compound
resin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/031053
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕樹 奈良
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019543493A priority Critical patent/JP7090628B2/en
Publication of WO2019058859A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019058859A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements.
  • the color filter usually has pixels (colored patterns) of three primary colors of red, green and blue, and plays a role of separating transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as Color Index Pigment Red 254 are used in coloring compositions for forming red pixels.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe that a color filter is manufactured using a coloring composition containing Color Index Pigment Red 254.
  • the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment can not be said to have sufficient coatability, and tends to cause thickness unevenness.
  • the present invention is as follows. It is a coloring composition containing the pigment represented by ⁇ 1> Formula (DPP), resin, a photoinitiator, and a polymeric compound,
  • the resin includes a graft resin having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and containing 20 mol% or more of a repeating unit A having a graft chain of a polyester structure in a side chain, A coloring composition in which 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is a graft resin;
  • Formula (DPP) In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -COOR D1 , -SO 2 R D1 , -OR D1 , -SR D
  • the pigment represented by ⁇ 2> Formula (DPP) is at least one selected from color index pigment red 254, color index pigment red 255, color index pigment red 272, color index pigment orange 71, and color index pigment orange 73
  • ⁇ 3> The colored composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, which is a structure represented by Formula (G-1), Formula (G-2), or Formula (G-3): R G1 represents an alkylene group, and W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. n1 to n3 each independently represent an integer of 3 or more.
  • ⁇ 5> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A is 1,000 or more.
  • ⁇ 6> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the polymerizable compound comprises a polymerizable compound having an acid group.
  • ⁇ 7> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound is 100 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the graft resin.
  • DPP Formula (DPP) .
  • ⁇ 10> A cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> A step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, Exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern; Developing and removing the unexposed area of the colored composition layer; A pattern forming method including: The color filter containing the cured film as described in ⁇ 12> ⁇ 10>.
  • the solid-state image sensor which has a cured film as described in ⁇ 13> ⁇ 10>.
  • the image display apparatus which has a cured film as described in ⁇ 14> ⁇ 10>.
  • a colored composition which has good coatability and can produce a film having suppressed thickness unevenness.
  • a cured film, a pattern formation method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display apparatus can be provided.
  • the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp generally, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), actinic rays such as X-rays, electron beams and the like can be mentioned.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including the numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • total solids refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • infrared light refers to light (electromagnetic wave) having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents both or either of acrylic and methacryl
  • Allyl represents both or any of allyl and methallyl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents both or any of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • process is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • a pigment means an insoluble dye compound which is hardly soluble in a solvent.
  • the pigment used in the present invention preferably has, for example, an amount dissolved in 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. and an amount dissolved in 100 g of water at 25 ° C.
  • the content is more preferably 05 g or less, further preferably 0.01 g or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a pigment represented by the formula (DPP) described later, a resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound
  • the above resin includes a graft resin having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and containing 20 mol% or more of a repeating unit A having a graft chain of polyester structure in a side chain, It is characterized in that 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is the above-mentioned graft resin.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments tend to have relatively high interactions between the pigments, and the coloring composition containing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments has a viscosity which increases as the shear rate increases. It has been found that the drop is large and the change in viscosity with respect to the shear rate tends to be large. Since the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment has such viscosity characteristics, it was presumed that thickness unevenness would easily occur.
  • the centrifugal force becomes stronger as it moves away from the rotation center, so the film thickness near the rotation center becomes thicker than the film thickness of the outer periphery. It is presumed that the thickness is easily made uneven as a result.
  • the pigment represented by the formula (DPP) described later (hereinafter also referred to as a pigment (DPP)) and the graft resin containing 20 mol% or more of the specific repeating unit A described above Since the resin containing a mass% or more is included, the interaction between the pigments (DPP) in the coloring composition is small, and the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) is good. Therefore, the change in viscosity with respect to the shear rate is small. As a result, it is presumed that a film having good coatability and suppressed thickness unevenness could be produced. For this reason, the coloring composition of the present invention has good coatability, and can produce a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
  • DPP the pigment represented by the formula (DPP) described later
  • the graft resin containing 20 mol% or more of the specific repeating unit A described above Since the resin containing a mass% or more is included, the interaction between the pigments (DPP) in the coloring composition is small, and the dispersibility of
  • the coloring composition as a pigment (DPP), at least one selected from color index pigment red 254, color index pigment red 255, color index pigment red 272, color index pigment orange 71, and color index pigment orange 73 is used.
  • DPP a pigment
  • the improvement effect of thickness unevenness is remarkably exhibited, and when color index pigment red 254 is used as the pigment (DPP), the improvement effect of thickness unevenness is more significantly exhibited.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment represented by the formula (DPP).
  • This pigment is a pigment having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
  • the pigment represented by the formula (DPP) is also referred to as a pigment (DPP).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -COOR D1 , -SO 2 R D1 , -OR D1 , -SR D1 or -NR D1 R D2
  • R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and m1 is 2 or more.
  • m1 R 1 s may be identical to or different from each other, and when m 2 is 2 or more, m 2 R 2 s may be identical to or different from each other.
  • the halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2 a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R D1 and R D2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the group mentioned by the substituent T mentioned later is mentioned.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R D1 and R D2 may be a single ring or a fused ring.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and still more preferably 3 to 12.
  • the heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
  • the group mentioned by the substituent T mentioned later is mentioned.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a cyano group, more preferably a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a halogen atom.
  • M1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • an alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkenyl group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably 6 to carbon atoms 30) aryloxy group), heteroaryloxy group
  • acyl group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkoxycarbonyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • aryloxycarbonyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • DPP pigment
  • Z 1 and Z 3 to Z 10 are hydrogen atoms
  • Z 2 is -OCH 3
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the compound PR254 is color index (CI) pigment red 254, and the compound PR255 is C.I. I. Pigment red 255, and compound PR272 is C.I. I. Pigment red 272, and compound PO71 is C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, and the compound PO73 is C.I. I. Pigment orange 73.
  • CI color index
  • color index (CI) pigment red 254 C.I. I. Pigment red 255, C.I. I. Pigment red 272, C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, C.I. I. Pigment orange 73 is preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment red 254 is more preferred.
  • the content of the pigment (DPP) is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 33% by mass or more, and still more preferably 35% by mass or more in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the upper limit can be 55% by mass or less.
  • the proportion of the pigment (DPP) in the total mass of the colorant contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 65% by mass or more. Is more preferred.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a colorant (hereinafter also referred to as another colorant) other than the pigment (DPP).
  • Other colorants may be pigments or dyes.
  • the pigment and the dye may be used in combination.
  • the colorant used in the present invention preferably contains a pigment.
  • the content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. Is particularly preferred.
  • the colorant may be only a pigment.
  • Examples of the pigment include inorganic pigments and organic pigments, and organic pigments are preferable.
  • Examples of the organic pigment include those shown below.
  • a green pigment a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms is used. It can also be done. Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication WO 2015/118720. Moreover, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound which has a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue pigment. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used.
  • the chemical structure includes pyrazole azo, anilinoazo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, Dyes such as xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyromethene dyes can be used.
  • a thiazole compound described in JP-A-2012-158649, an azo compound described in JP-A-2011-184493, and an azo compound described in JP-A-2011-145540 can also be preferably used.
  • a yellow dye a quinophthalone compound described in paragraph 0011 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-54339, a quinophthalone compound described in paragraph 0013 to 0058 of JP-A 2014-26228, or the like can be used.
  • dye multimer can also be used as another coloring agent.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye used by being dissolved in a solvent, but the dye multimer may form particles, and when the dye multimer is particles, it is usually dispersed in a solvent. Used.
  • the dye multimer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682 can be mentioned as specific examples.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. Plural dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and still more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30000 or less, further preferably 20000 or less.
  • compounds described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742 and the like can also be used.
  • the other colorant is preferably a yellow colorant, more preferably a yellow pigment, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 or more preferably one or more selected from C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 or more preferably one or more selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 is particularly preferable. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain better coatability. Furthermore, spectral characteristics preferable for color reproducibility can be obtained.
  • the content of the other colorant is 10 to 100 parts by weight of pigment (DPP). It is preferably 100 parts by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 80 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the yellow colorant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment (DPP).
  • the lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 80 parts by mass or less.
  • the total content of the pigment (DPP) and the other colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 45% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the total content of the pigment (DPP) and the yellow colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 45% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin.
  • the resin is an organic compound other than the colorant and is an organic compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more.
  • the resin is blended, for example, in applications of dispersing particles such as pigments in a composition and applications of a binder.
  • grains, such as a pigment is also called a dispersing agent.
  • such an application of the resin is an example, and can be used for purposes other than such an application.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • 3,000 or more are preferable and, as for a minimum, 5,000 or more are more preferable.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention has, as a resin, a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain, and a graft resin containing 20 mol% or more of repeating units A having a graft chain of polyester structure in side chains (hereinafter referred to as graft resin A) Say).
  • This graft resin A is preferably used as a dispersant for the pigment (DPP).
  • a graft resin means a resin having a graft chain.
  • a graft chain shows from the root of the principal chain of a polymer to the end of the group branched from the principal chain.
  • the above-mentioned repeating unit A in the graft resin A is a repeating unit having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and having a polyester chain as a side chain.
  • the graft chain in the graft resin A means a polymer chain branched and extended from the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • the length of the graft chain is not particularly limited, but the longer the graft chain, the higher the steric repulsion effect, and the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) can be enhanced.
  • the graft chain preferably has 40 to 10,000 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms, more preferably 50 to 2,000 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms, and 60 to 60 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is 500.
  • the repeating number of the polyester in the graft chain is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and still more preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP).
  • Examples of the graft chain include structures represented by Formula (G-1), Formula (G-2) or Formula (G-3).
  • R G1 represents an alkylene group
  • W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n1 to n3 each independently represent an integer of 3 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by R G1 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and still more preferably 3 to 12.
  • the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • n1 to n3 independently represents an integer of 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, and more preferably 5 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and still more preferably 60 or less.
  • W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group and the like.
  • DPP dispersibility of the pigment
  • a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferable, and an alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and linear or branched is preferable.
  • the graft chain of the graft resin A preferably includes a polyester structure derived from a compound selected from ⁇ -caprolactone and ⁇ -valerolactone.
  • the polyester structure derived from ⁇ -caprolactone include the structures represented by the following ⁇ -CL.
  • the polyester structure derived from ⁇ -valerolactone include the following structures represented by ⁇ -VL.
  • the repeating unit A in the graft resin A is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (GA).
  • R A1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • L A1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • W A1 represents a graft chain of a polyester structure.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R A1 is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
  • R A1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L A1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, And -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • W A1 represents a graft chain of polyester structure.
  • the graft chain of the polyester structure includes the above-mentioned graft chain, and is preferably a graft chain having a structure represented by the above formula (G-1), formula (G-2) or formula (G-3).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the repeating unit A is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 300 to 10000, and still more preferably 1000 to 7500.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for the polymerization of the same repeating unit.
  • repeating unit A can be formed by polymerizing a macromonomer.
  • the macromonomer means a polymer compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced at the polymer end.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the macromonomer corresponds to the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A.
  • the graft resin A contains 20 mol% or more, preferably 21 mol% or more, and more preferably 22 mol% or more, and more preferably 23 mol% or more of all the repeating units of the graft resin A. Is more preferred.
  • the upper limit may be 100 mol%, 90 mol% or less, 80 mol% or less, 70 mol% or less, or 60 mol% or less. it can.
  • the graft resin A used in the present invention may further contain a repeating unit other than the above-mentioned repeating unit A.
  • a repeating unit which has an acidic radical, the repeating unit which has a polymeric group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphate group.
  • the polymerizable group include ethylenic unsaturated groups such as vinyl group, (meth) allyl group and (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the graft resin A further including a repeating unit having an acid group an effect of imparting alkali developability and improving resolution can be expected. Moreover, since the graft resin A further contains the repeating unit which has a polymeric group, the cured film excellent in various physical properties, such as heat resistance, is easy to be obtained.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 50 to 80% by mole in all the repeating units of the graft resin A. 55 mol% or more is preferable and, as for a minimum, 60 mol% or more containing is more preferable. 78 mol% or less is preferable and 77 mol% or less of an upper limit is more preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group is preferably 10 to 40 mol% of all the repeating units of the graft resin A. 15 mol% or more is preferable and 20 mol% or more of a lower limit is more preferable. 35 mol% or less is preferable and, as for the upper limit, 30 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • graft resin A resin of the following structure is mentioned.
  • the graft resin A can be referred to the description of paragraph Nos. 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a resin other than the graft resin A described above (hereinafter, also referred to as another resin).
  • a resin other than the graft resin A described above hereinafter, also referred to as another resin.
  • resin linear organic high molecular polymer
  • An alkali-soluble resin etc. are mentioned as an example of another resin.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from resins having a group that promotes alkali dissolution.
  • a group which promotes alkali dissolution hereinafter, also referred to as an acid group
  • a carboxyl group for example, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like can be mentioned, with a carboxyl group being preferable.
  • the type of the acid group possessed by the alkali-soluble resin may be only one type, or two or more types.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1000 to 20,000.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polysiloxane resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin. Further, from the viewpoint of control of developability, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxyl group in a side chain.
  • a copolymer having a repeating unit derived from a monomer such as methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, partially esterified maleic acid examples thereof include alkali-soluble phenol resins such as novolac resins, acid cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group in a side chain, and polymers obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group.
  • copolymers of (meth) acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as the alkali-soluble resin.
  • Other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, vinyl compounds and the like.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, Hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, etc.
  • Examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer and the like.
  • Other monomers include N-substituted maleimide monomers such as N-phenyl maleimide and N-cyclohexyl maleimide. These other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid may be only one type or two or more types.
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer As an alkali soluble resin, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate
  • a multicomponent copolymer composed of / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used.
  • Methacrylic acid copolymer 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer and the like can also be preferably used. Further, as a commercial product, for example, FF-426 (manufactured by Fujikura Kasei Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can also be an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include (meth) allyl group and (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain is useful.
  • Commercial products of the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group include Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (carboxyl group-containing polyurethane acrylate oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), Biscoat R-264.
  • KS Resist 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA 230 AA), Plaxcel CF 200 series (both manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UBC Co., Ltd.), Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), DP-1305 (manufactured by Fujifilm Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Cyclomer P series for example, ACA 230 AA
  • Plaxcel CF 200 series both manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.
  • Ebecryl 3800 manufactured by Daicel UBC Co., Ltd.
  • Acrycure RD-F8 manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • DP-1305 manufactured by Fujifilm Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • the alkali-soluble resin comprises at least one compound selected from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and a compound represented by formula (1) in JP-A-2010-168539 (hereinafter referred to as “ether dimer It is also preferable to include a polymer formed by polymerizing a monomer component including “sometimes referred to as
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • ether dimer examples include, for example, the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0317 of JP-A-2013-29760, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the ether dimer may be only one type, or two or more types.
  • a polymer formed by polymerizing a monomer component containing an ether dimer for example, a polymer of the following structure can be mentioned.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 has a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring.
  • Represents an alkyl group of n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group of R 2 is preferably 2 to 3.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group of R 3 is preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include benzyl and 2-phenyl (iso) propyl.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (paragraph 0685 to 0700 in the corresponding US Patent Application Publication 2012/0235099), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the book.
  • Binder resin described and binder resin used in Examples Binder resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP 2012-137531 A and binder resin used in Examples, JP 2013-024934 Binder resins described in paragraphs 0132 to 0143 of the gazette and binder resins used in the examples, binder resins used in paragraphs 0092 to 0098 of JP 2011-242752 A and examples, JP 2012 Paragraph No. 0030 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 032770 0072 can also be used a binder resin according to. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mg KOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 50 mg KOH / g or more, and still more preferably 70 mg KOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mg KOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mg KOH / g or less, still more preferably 150 mg KOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 120 mg KOH / g or less.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • preferably 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is the graft resin A, 65% by mass or more is the graft resin A, and 70% by mass or more More preferably, it is resin A.
  • an upper limit can be 95 mass% or less, for example, and can also be 90 mass% or less.
  • the coatability of the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
  • the content of the graft resin A is preferably 10 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 13% by mass or more, and still more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 27% by mass or less, and further preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the coatability of the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
  • the content of the graft resin A is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment (DPP).
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 45 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) in the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention further includes another resin in addition to the graft resin A
  • the content of the other resin is preferably 0 to 20% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, further preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less and still more preferably 13% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers and oligomers, but monomers are preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2000, and more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and still more preferably 250 or more.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated groups, and 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups. More preferably, it is a compound containing one.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound are described in paragraph Nos. 0095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-29760A, and paragraph 0254-0257 of JP2008-292970A. Compounds are included, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the polymerizable compound is dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Made, Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (Commercial product: KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (Commercial product: KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku ( Ltd.
  • NK ester A-DPH-12E Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product
  • the compound of the structure where these (meth) acryloyl groups are linked via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residue is preferable.
  • These oligomer types can also be used.
  • NK ester A-TMMT manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • KAYARAD RP-1040 KAYARAD RP-1040
  • DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate
  • a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
  • Commercially available products of trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Alonics M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Etc.
  • the polymerizable compound may have an acid group.
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group By using the polymerizable compound having an acid group, the colored composition layer in the unexposed area is easily removed at the time of development, and the generation of development residues can be effectively suppressed.
  • an acid group a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group etc. are mentioned, A carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Commercially available products of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group include Alonics M-510 and M-520, and Alonics TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g.
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mg KOH / g or more, the solubility in a developer is good, and more excellent developability can be obtained. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 40 mg KOH / g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure is also a preferable embodiment.
  • examples of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like.
  • the compound which has an alkylene oxy group can also be used for a polymeric compound.
  • the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutylene oxy groups
  • examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330 which is an acrylate.
  • urethane acrylates as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765
  • the urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. As for a minimum, 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is still more preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the graft resin A described above. Is more preferred. When the content of the polymerizable compound is in the above range, the dispersion of the pigment (DPP) in the composition is stable, and further, excellent developability can be obtained.
  • the polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerizable compounds are used in combination, the total of them is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible region are preferred. In addition, it may be a compound which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
  • a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a hexaarylbiimidazole, an oxime compound, an organic peroxide, Thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compounds, ⁇ -amino ketone compounds and the like
  • an organic peroxide for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl triazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compound, an ⁇ -amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl imidazole from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
  • Dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred, and oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compounds, ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compounds More preferred are compounds selected from amino ketone compounds and acyl phosphine compounds, and more preferred are oxime compounds.
  • the description of paragraph Nos. 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and paragraph Nos. 0274 to 0306 of JP-A-2013-29760 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. .
  • Examples of commercially available ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available ⁇ -amino ketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (manufactured by BASF Corporation).
  • Examples of commercially available products of acyl phosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819, DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF Corp.) and the like.
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, and the like.
  • C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660) a compound described in J. Am. C. S. A compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), a compound described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.
  • oxime compound examples include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3- On, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxy Examples include carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.
  • IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03 and IRGACURE-OXE04 are also suitably used.
  • TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (made by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD.), Adeka ARKules NCI-930 And Adeka Optomer N-1919 (photopolymerization initiator 2 of JP 2012-14052 A) (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • oxime compounds other than those described above compounds described in JP-T-2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of a carbazole ring, and compounds described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957, in which a hetero substituent is introduced in the benzophenone moiety
  • compounds described in JP-A-2010-15025 and U.S. Patent Publication 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced at a dye site, a ketoxime compound described in WO2009 / 131189, the same triazine skeleton and oxime skeleton.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a fluorene ring compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466 can be mentioned. This content is incorporated herein.
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples thereof include the compounds OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication WO 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring
  • the compound described in International Publication WO 2013/083505 can be mentioned.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, the compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. And the like (C-3) and the like. This content is incorporated herein.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, and patent 4223071 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0007 to 0025 of the gazette, Adeka Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 360 to 480 nm. Moreover, the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and 5,000 to 200, Particularly preferred is 000.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator paragraph Nos. 0417 to 0412 of JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication WO2015 / 004565, JP-A-2016-532675.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 20% by mass or less and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of photoinitiators are included, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes said range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
  • an epoxy compound a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy group is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less.
  • the epoxy compound may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of a polymer) of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000. 3000 or less is preferable, as for the upper limit of molecular weight (in the case of a polymer, weight average molecular weight), 2000 or less is more preferable, and 1500 or less is still more preferable.
  • the epoxy compounds are compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 in JP 2013-011869A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 in JP 2014-043556 A, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 in JP 2014-089408 A. Can also be used. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the epoxy compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that a sum becomes said range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coating property of the coloring composition are satisfied.
  • organic solvent examples include, for example, the following organic solvents.
  • esters for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate alkylate (Eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), alkyl 3-alkyloxypropionate Esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate,
  • 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate etc.
  • ethers for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like can be mentioned.
  • ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene. Further, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide are also preferable from the viewpoint of solubility improvement.
  • the organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. However, it may be better to reduce aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene etc.) as a solvent due to environmental reasons etc. (For example, 50 mass ppm (parts per part of the total amount of organic solvent) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • the organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate is particularly preferable.
  • a solvent having a low metal content as the solvent.
  • the metal content in the solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts by weight (pps) or less. If necessary, a solvent having a metal content of mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such a high purity solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Journal, November 13, 2015) Day).
  • a method of removing impurities such as metal from the solvent for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter can be mentioned.
  • distillation molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.
  • filtration using a filter As a filter hole diameter of a filter used for filtration, 10 micrometers or less are preferred, 5 micrometers or less are more preferred, and 3 micrometers or less are still more preferred.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be contained, or two or more types may be contained.
  • the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably contains substantially no peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content of the coloring composition is 5 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more. 60 mass% or less is preferable, 50 mass% or less is more preferable, and 40 mass% or less is still more preferable.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator for the purpose of improving the hardness of the pattern or for the purpose of lowering the curing temperature.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds.
  • the polyfunctional thiol compound As a thiol compound, the polyfunctional thiol compound etc. which have a 2 or more mercapto group in a molecule
  • the polyfunctional thiol compound may be added for the purpose of improving the stability, the odor, the resolution, the developability, the adhesion and the like.
  • the polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and more preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (T1).
  • T1 In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4 and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
  • L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • n is 2 and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulas (T2) to (T4), and a compound represented by formula (T2) is preferable.
  • One type of thiol compound may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • methylol compounds for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963
  • amines for example,
  • the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition, and is 0.8 to 6.4. % By mass is more preferred.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of a chromophore is substituted with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • the chromophores constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthraquinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone compound Skeletons, perylene skeletons, thioindigo skeletons, isoindoline skeletons, isoindolinone skeletons, quinophthalone skeletons, threne skeletons, metal complex skeletons, etc., and quinoline skeletons, benzimidazolone skeletons, diketo A pyrrolopyrrole skeleton, an azo skeleton, a quinophthalone skeleton, an isoindoline skeleton, and a phthalocyanine skeleton are preferable, and an azo skeleton and a
  • a sulfo group and a carboxyl group are preferred, and a sulfo group is more preferred.
  • a basic group which a pigment derivative has an amino group is preferable and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
  • the description in paragraphs [0162] to [0182] of JP-A-2011-252065 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the pigment derivative may use only 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorinated surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone surfactants can be used to further improve the coating property. Fluorinated surfactants are preferred because they can be used.
  • liquid properties when prepared as a coating liquid can be improved, and uniformity of coating thickness can be further improved. That is, in the case of film formation using a coating solution to which a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension on the surface of the coating film is reduced, and the uniformity of drying is improved. For this reason, film formation with few coating nonuniformity can be performed more suitably.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in the above range is effective in terms of the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and the liquid saving property, and the solubility in the coloring composition is also good.
  • fluorine-based surfactants for example, Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, R304, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780 (all, DIC Corporation) , Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC -383, S-393, KH-40 (all, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all, manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like.
  • fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327, and compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-2011-132503 can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant is a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved when heat is applied and the fluorine atom is volatilized can also be suitably used.
  • a fluorochemical surfactant Megafuck DS series (Chemical Chemical Daily, February 22, 2016) manufactured by DIC Corporation (Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016), for example, Megafuck DS -21 can be mentioned.
  • fluorinated surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorinated surfactant.
  • fluorine-based surfactants can be referred to the description of JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy and propyleneoxy) (meth)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorinated surfactant used in the present invention. In the following formulas,% indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compounds is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
  • a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718-K, RS-72-K and the like manufactured by DIC Corporation.
  • nonionic surfactants glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Company), Tetronics 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (BA).
  • BA nonionic surfactants
  • KP-341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Polyflow No. 1 75, no. 90, no. 95
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactant examples include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • silicone type surfactant for example, Toray silicone DC3PA, Toray silicone SH7PA, Toray silicone DC11PA, Toray silicone SH21PA, Toray silicone SH28PA, Toray silicone SH29PA, Toray silicone SH30PA, Toray silicone SH8400 (more than Toray Dow Corning ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.), KP-341, KF6001, KF6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) Made, BYK 307, BYK 323, BYK 330 (above, made by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, in the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be combined. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber conjugated diene compounds, aminobutadiene compounds, methyldibenzoyl compounds, coumarin compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl triazine compounds and the like can be used. The details of these can be referred to the descriptions of paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP 2012-208374 A and paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP 2013-68814 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structure.
  • UV-503 manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.
  • MYUA series Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016 made by Miyoshi Yushi may be used.
  • the content of the UV absorber is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. More preferably, 0.1 to 3% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • an ultraviolet absorber may use only 1 type and may use 2 or more types. When 2 or more types of ultraviolet absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group is a substituent which is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by hydrolysis reaction and / or condensation reaction.
  • a hydrolysable group a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • the silane coupling agent includes at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacryl group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, an ureido group, a mercapto group, a sulfide group, and an isocyanate group, and an alkoxy group.
  • the silane compound which has and is preferable.
  • silane coupling agent examples include, for example, N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyl dimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl tri- trile Methoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBE-602), ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical) Manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd., KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrime
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, and 0.01 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. % Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 5% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of silane coupling agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • a polymerization inhibitor hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts etc.) and the like.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
  • additives such as a filler, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an aggregation inhibitor and the like can be blended, if necessary.
  • these additives include the additives described in paragraphs [0155] to [0156] of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the antioxidant for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, a compound described in paragraph 0042 of JP-A-2011-90147), a thioether compound or the like can be used.
  • Adekastab series (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60G, AO-60, AO-80, AO-A manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) 330).
  • One type of antioxidant may be used or two or more types may be used.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain the sensitizer and the light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication.
  • the metallic composition may be contained in the coloring composition depending on the raw materials used, etc.
  • the content of the Group 2 element (such as calcium and magnesium) in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less from the viewpoint of suppression of defect generation and the like. Is preferably 0.01 to 10 ppm by mass.
  • the total amount of the inorganic metal salt in the coloring composition is preferably 100 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 50 mass ppm.
  • the water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the solid content concentration of the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 25% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 23% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 12% by mass or more, and more preferably 14% by mass or more.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be used with its viscosity adjusted for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness and the like), adjusting the film thickness, and the like.
  • the value of viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and for example, 0.3 to 50 mPa ⁇ s at 25 ° C. is preferable, and 0.5 to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • As a method of measuring the viscosity for example, using a Toki Sangyo viscometer RE85L (rotor: 1 ° 34 ′ ⁇ R24, measurement range 0.6 to 1200 mPa ⁇ s) and performing temperature control at 25 ° C. It can be measured.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention using a rotating viscometer, on the viscosity mu 1 at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 10s -1, the viscosity at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 1000 s -1 mu it is preferable 2 mu 2 / mu 1 is the ratio is 0.75 to 1.25.
  • ⁇ 2 / ⁇ 1 is preferably 0.90 or more, and more preferably 0.95 or more.
  • ⁇ 2 / ⁇ 1 is preferably 1.10 or less, more preferably 1.05 or less. If ⁇ 2 / ⁇ 1 is in the above range, the coatability is good, and a film in which the thickness unevenness is suppressed can be formed.
  • the solid content concentration of the coloring composition, the content of the pigment (DPP), the content of the graft resin A, etc. are appropriately adjusted. It can be adjusted to the range.
  • a method of decreasing the solid content concentration of the coloring composition to the lower limit of the above range may be mentioned.
  • a method of increasing the solid content concentration of the coloring composition to the upper limit of the above range there is a method of increasing the solid content concentration of the coloring composition to the upper limit of the above range.
  • a storage container of the coloring composition of this invention A well-known storage container can be used.
  • a container for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into the raw materials and the composition, a multilayer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of six types and six layers of resin or a bottle in which six types of resin are seven layers It is also preferred to use.
  • a container for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
  • the colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a composition for forming a colored layer in a color filter.
  • it can be preferably used as a composition for forming a red colored layer of a color filter.
  • the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more .
  • Known means for obtaining high voltage holding ratio can be suitably incorporated, and typical means include use of a high purity material (for example, reduction of ionic impurities) and control of the amount of acidic functional groups in the composition Can be mentioned.
  • the voltage holding ratio can be measured, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0243 of JP-A-2011-008004 and paragraph 0123 to 0129 of JP-A-2012-224847.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent to prepare a coloring composition, and if necessary, each component may be used as two or more solutions or dispersions as appropriate. Alternatively, they may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
  • mechanical force used to disperse the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and the dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment are the dispersion technology and industrial application centering on “Dispersion Technology Complete, Information Technology Co., Ltd. issued July 15, 2005” and “suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)” The process and the dispersing machine described in Paragraph No.
  • the particles may be subjected to a refinement treatment in a salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions and the like used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, the descriptions of JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-04629.
  • a filter for the purpose of the removal of a foreign material, reduction of a defect, etc.
  • a filter if it is a filter conventionally used for filtration applications etc., it can be used, without being limited in particular.
  • a fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP) (high density and / or super
  • PP polypropylene
  • a filter using a material such as a high molecular weight polyolefin resin can be mentioned.
  • polypropylene including high density polypropylene
  • nylon are preferable.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the filter using a fiber-like filter medium as a filter.
  • the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • Specific examples of the filter using a fiber-like filter medium include filter cartridges of SBP type series (SBP 008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR 002, TPR 005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX 003, etc.) manufactured by Loki Techno. .
  • filters When using filters, different filters may be combined. In that case, filtration with each filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more. For example, filters of different pore sizes may be combined within the range described above.
  • the pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • filters for example, it is possible to select from various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA 4201 NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. can do.
  • filtration with a 1st filter may be performed only with a dispersion liquid, and you may filter with a 2nd filter, after mixing other components.
  • the second filter one formed of the same material as the first filter can be used.
  • the cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
  • the thickness of the cured film can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises the steps of: forming a colored composition layer on a support using the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention; exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern (exposure step); And (d) developing and removing the unexposed area of the colored composition layer in this order. Each step will be described below.
  • Step of Forming a Colored Composition Layer the colored composition is used to form a colored composition layer on a support.
  • a support body there is no limitation in particular as a support body, According to a use, it can select suitably.
  • a glass substrate a substrate for a solid-state imaging device provided with a solid-state imaging device (light receiving device) such as a CCD or a CMOS, a silicon substrate, etc. may be mentioned.
  • a subbing layer may be provided to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, to prevent the diffusion of substances, or to planarize the surface.
  • a spin coating method As a method of applying the coloring composition on the support, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, an inkjet method and the like can be mentioned, and the spin coating method is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited.
  • the coating conditions in the spin coating method vary depending on the solid content concentration of the coloring composition and the like. For example, spin coating is preferably performed at a rotational speed of 300 to 3000 rpm, and spin coating at a rotational speed of 800 to 1500 rpm Is more preferred. If it is this range, it is easy to manufacture the cured film in which the thickness nonuniformity was suppressed.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). In the case of forming a pattern by a low temperature process, the prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or less, more preferably 120 ° C. or less, and still more preferably 110 ° C. or less.
  • the lower limit may be, for example, 50 ° C. or more, and may be 80 ° C. or more.
  • the pre-bake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed on a hot plate, an oven or the like.
  • ⁇ exposure step the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • pattern exposure can be performed by exposing the coloring composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • radiation which can be used at the time of exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferably used (particularly preferably i-line).
  • Irradiation dose (exposure dose) for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under the atmosphere, for example, under a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially It may be exposed with no oxygen, and may be exposed under a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume.
  • the exposure intensity is can be set appropriately, usually 1000W / m 2 ⁇ 100000W / m 2 ( e.g., 5000W / m 2, 15000W / m 2, or, 35000W / m 2) selected from the range of Can.
  • Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • the unexposed area of the colored composition layer is removed by development to form a pattern.
  • the development removal of the unexposed part of a coloring composition layer can be performed using a developing solution.
  • a developing solution an organic alkaline developing solution which does not cause damage to a solid-state imaging device or circuit of a base is desirable.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30.degree.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying the developer anew may be repeated several times.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferably used.
  • the alkaline agent include aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • Organic alkaline compounds such as benzyl, trimethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene, or water Inorganic materials such as sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate Potassium compounds may be mentioned.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant mentioned above is mentioned and nonionic surfactant is preferable.
  • the developer may be prepared once as a concentrate and diluted to a concentration required for use, from the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times.
  • clean (rinse) when using the developing solution which consists of such alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferable to wash
  • Post-baking is a heat treatment after development to complete curing, and the heating temperature is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C., and more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • the post-baking temperature is 150 ° C. or less Is preferred. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher.
  • Post-baking is performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), high frequency heater or the like so that the film (cured film) after development becomes the above conditions. It can be carried out.
  • the pattern formation method may include a process by dry etching. As the dry etching process, for example, the dry etching process described in paragraph 0137 to paragraph 0165 of International Publication WO 2018/061781 can be mentioned.
  • the cured film preferably has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and still more preferably 15 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not defined, but is preferably, for example, 0.1 nm or more.
  • the surface roughness can be measured, for example, using an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the cured film can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °.
  • the contact angle can be measured, for example, using a contact angle meter CV-DT ⁇ A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the volume resistivity of each pattern (pixel) be high.
  • the volume resistivity of the pixel is preferably 10 9 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more.
  • the upper limit is not specified, but is preferably 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured, for example, using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
  • the color filter of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above.
  • the thickness of the cured film can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD (charge coupled device) or a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) or an image display device.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the cured film of the present invention is provided and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the substrate there are a plurality of photodiodes forming the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon etc.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • Device protective film formed of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. And has a color filter on the device protection film.
  • the device has a light collecting means (for example, a micro lens etc., hereinafter the same) on the device protective film and under the color filter (closer to the substrate) or a structure having the light collecting means on the color filter It may be.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which a cured film forming each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a grid shape by partition walls.
  • the partition walls in this case preferably have a low refractive index for each colored pixel.
  • an imaging device having such a structure devices described in JP 2012-227478 A and JP 2014-179577 A can be mentioned.
  • the imaging device provided with the solid-state imaging device according to the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (such as mobile phones) having an imaging function, but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the cured film of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • electroluminescence display device for the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device, for example, “Electronic display device (authored by Akio Sasaki, Inc., Industrial Research Association, published in 1990)”, “Display device (authored by Ibuki, industrial book ( Co., Ltd., published in Heisei 1973).
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Association, Inc., 1994)".
  • the raw materials described in the above table are as follows.
  • the “content of graft resin A” in the above table is a repeat having a poly (meth) acrylate structure in the total mass of the resin contained in the coloring composition as a main chain, and a graft chain of polyester structure in the side chain. It is a value of content (mass%) of graft resin (graft resin A) containing 20 mol% or more of unit A.
  • (Pigment) PR254 C.I. I. Pigment red 254 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP)) PR 255: C.I. I. Pigment red 255 (pigment represented by formula (DPP)) PR 272: C.I. I. Pigment red 272 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP)) PO71: C.I. I. Pigment orange 71 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP)) PO 73: C.I. I. Pigment orange 73 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP)) PY 139: C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 (pigments other than pigments represented by the formula (DPP))
  • E-1 NK ester A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • E-2 Alonics TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • E-3 NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • F-1 IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
  • F-2 IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
  • UV absorber H-1 UV-503 (made by Daito Chemical Industries)
  • the film thickness of the obtained cured film using an optical film thickness meter (F50, manufactured by Filmetrics), measure the film thickness of 13 points at equal intervals in the outer periphery-center-outer periphery direction (diameter direction) of an 8-inch wafer Then, the difference ( ⁇ t) between the maximum value and the minimum value of the film thickness was determined. The unevenness in thickness was evaluated using the value of ⁇ t. The smaller the ⁇ t, the smaller the thickness unevenness.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a colored composition which has satisfactory applicability and is capable of producing films reduced in thickness unevenness. Also provided are a cured film, a pattern formation method, a color filter, a solid imaging element, and an image display device. This colored composition comprises a given diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, one or more resins, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound. The resins include a graft resin which comprises 20 mol% or more repeating unit A comprising: a poly(meth)acrylate structure as the main chain; and a branch of a polyester structure as a side chain. The graft resin accounts for 60 mass% or more of the resins contained in the colored composition.

Description

着色組成物、硬化膜、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
 本発明は、着色組成物、硬化膜、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。カラーフィルタは、通常、赤、緑、及び青の3原色の画素(着色パターン)を備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 2. Description of the Related Art In recent years, with the widespread use of digital cameras, mobile phones with cameras, etc., the demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge coupled device (CCD) image sensors has greatly increased. Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements. The color filter usually has pixels (colored patterns) of three primary colors of red, green and blue, and plays a role of separating transmitted light into the three primary colors.
 赤色の画素形成用の着色組成物には、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254などのジケトピロロピロール顔料が用いられている。例えば、特許文献1~3には、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を含む着色組成物を用いてカラーフィルタを製造することが記載されている。 Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as Color Index Pigment Red 254 are used in coloring compositions for forming red pixels. For example, Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe that a color filter is manufactured using a coloring composition containing Color Index Pigment Red 254.
特開2009-96977号公報JP, 2009-96977, A 特開2011-153280号公報JP, 2011-153280, A 特開2010-217872号公報Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-217872
 しかしながら、ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物は、塗布性が十分であるとは言えず、厚みムラが生じやすい傾向にあった。 However, the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment can not be said to have sufficient coatability, and tends to cause thickness unevenness.
 よって、本発明の目的は、塗布性が良好で、厚みムラの抑制された膜を製造できる着色組成物を提供することにある。また、硬化膜、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition which has good coatability and can produce a film with suppressed thickness unevenness. Another object of the present invention is to provide a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
 本発明者は鋭意検討した結果、後述する着色組成物は、塗布性が良好で、厚みムラの抑制された膜を製造できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。すなわち、本発明は、以下の通りである。
 <1> 式(DPP)で表される顔料と、樹脂と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であり、
 樹脂は、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂を含み、
 着色組成物に含まれる樹脂の60質量%以上がグラフト樹脂である、着色組成物;
 式(DPP)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 式中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-COORD1、-SOD1、-ORD1、-SRD1または-NRD1D2を表し、
 RD1およびRD2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 m1およびm2はそれぞれ独立して0~5の整数を表し、
 m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよく、
 m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 <2> 式(DPP)で表される顔料が、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド255、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド272、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ71、および、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ73から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
 <3> グラフト鎖は、式(G-1)、式(G-2)または式(G-3)で表される構造である、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 RG1は、アルキレン基を表し、W100は水素原子または置換基を表す。n1~n3は、それぞれ独立して3以上の整数を表す。
 <4> グラフト鎖は、ε-カプロラクトンおよびδ-バレロラクトンから選ばれる化合物由来のポリエステル構造を含む、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <5> 繰り返し単位Aの重量平均分子量が1000以上である、<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <6> 重合性化合物は、酸基を有する重合性化合物を含む、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <7> 重合性化合物の含有量が、グラフト樹脂の100質量部に対して100質量部以下である、<1>~<6>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <8> グラフト樹脂の含有量が、式(DPP)で表される顔料の100質量部に対して30~90質量部である、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <9> 回転粘度計を使用し、せん断速度10s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μに対する、せん断速度1000s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μの比であるμ/μが0.75以上1.25以下である、<1>~<8>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
 <10> <1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物を硬化して得られる硬化膜。
 <11> <1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、
 着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、
 着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去する工程と、
 を含むパターン形成方法。
 <12> <10>に記載の硬化膜を含むカラーフィルタ。
 <13> <10>に記載の硬化膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <14> <10>に記載の硬化膜を有する画像表示装置。
As a result of intensive investigations, the inventor of the present invention has found that the coloring composition to be described later has good coatability and can produce a film with suppressed thickness unevenness, and has completed the present invention. That is, the present invention is as follows.
It is a coloring composition containing the pigment represented by <1> Formula (DPP), resin, a photoinitiator, and a polymeric compound,
The resin includes a graft resin having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and containing 20 mol% or more of a repeating unit A having a graft chain of a polyester structure in a side chain,
A coloring composition in which 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is a graft resin;
Formula (DPP)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -COOR D1 , -SO 2 R D1 , -OR D1 , -SR D1 or -NR D1 R D2 Represents
R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5,
When m1 is 2 or more, the m1 R 1 s may be identical to or different from each other,
If m2 is 2 or more, may be respectively m2 one of R 2 identical or different.
The pigment represented by <2> Formula (DPP) is at least one selected from color index pigment red 254, color index pigment red 255, color index pigment red 272, color index pigment orange 71, and color index pigment orange 73 The coloring composition as described in <1> which is a seed | species.
<3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, which is a structure represented by Formula (G-1), Formula (G-2), or Formula (G-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

R G1 represents an alkylene group, and W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. n1 to n3 each independently represent an integer of 3 or more.
The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the graft chain comprises a polyester structure derived from a compound selected from ε-caprolactone and δ-valerolactone.
<5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A is 1,000 or more.
<6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the polymerizable compound comprises a polymerizable compound having an acid group.
<7> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound is 100 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the graft resin.
The coloring composition in any one of <1>-<7> whose content of <8> graft resin is 30-90 mass parts with respect to 100 mass parts of a pigment represented by Formula (DPP) .
<9> Ratio of viscosity μ 2 at 23 ° C. measured at a shear rate of 1000 s −1 to viscosity μ 1 at 23 ° C. measured at a shear rate of 10 s −1 using a rotational viscometer The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein μ 2 / μ 1 is 0.75 or more and 1.25 or less.
<10> A cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
<11> A step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>,
Exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern;
Developing and removing the unexposed area of the colored composition layer;
A pattern forming method including:
The color filter containing the cured film as described in <12><10>.
The solid-state image sensor which has a cured film as described in <13><10>.
The image display apparatus which has a cured film as described in <14><10>.
 本発明によれば、塗布性が良好で、厚みムラの抑制された膜を製造できる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、硬化膜、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored composition which has good coatability and can produce a film having suppressed thickness unevenness. Moreover, a cured film, a pattern formation method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display apparatus can be provided.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の合計質量をいう。
 本明細書において、赤外線は、波長700~2500nmの光(電磁波)をいう。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により測定したポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に溶解しにくい不溶性の色素化合物を意味する。本発明に用いられる顔料は、例えば、25℃のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテ-ト100gに対する溶解量、および、25℃の水100gに対する溶解量がいずれも0.1g以下であることが好ましく、0.05g以下であることがより好ましく、0.01g以下であることが更に好ましい。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Further, as light used for exposure, generally, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), actinic rays such as X-rays, electron beams and the like can be mentioned.
In the present specification, a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including the numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
As used herein, total solids refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In the present specification, infrared light refers to light (electromagnetic wave) having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents both or either of acrylic and methacryl, “(meth) acrylate” ) Allyl "represents both or any of allyl and methallyl, and" (meth) acryloyl "represents both or any of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
In the present specification, a pigment means an insoluble dye compound which is hardly soluble in a solvent. The pigment used in the present invention preferably has, for example, an amount dissolved in 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. and an amount dissolved in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. The content is more preferably 05 g or less, further preferably 0.01 g or less.
 本発明の着色組成物は、後述する式(DPP)で表される顔料と、樹脂と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であり、
 上記の樹脂は、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂を含み、
 着色組成物に含まれる樹脂の60質量%以上が上記グラフト樹脂であることを特徴とする。
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a pigment represented by the formula (DPP) described later, a resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound,
The above resin includes a graft resin having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and containing 20 mol% or more of a repeating unit A having a graft chain of polyester structure in a side chain,
It is characterized in that 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is the above-mentioned graft resin.
 本発明者の検討によれば、ジケトピロロピロール顔料は、顔料間の相互作用が比較的高い傾向にあり、ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物は、せん断速度が高くなるに伴い粘度の低下が大きく、せん断速度に対する粘度の変化量が大きい傾向にあることを見出した。ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物はこのような粘度特性を有しているため、厚みムラが生じやすくなると推測した。例えば、ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物をスピンコート塗布した場合においては、遠心力が回転中心から離れるに伴い強くなるため、回転中心近傍の膜厚が、外周の膜厚よりも厚くなり易くなり、その結果厚みムラが生じやすくなると推測される。
 本発明の着色組成物によれば、後述する式(DPP)で表される顔料(以下、顔料(DPP)ともいう)と、上述した特定の繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂を60質量%以上含む樹脂とを含むため、着色組成物中における顔料(DPP)同士の相互作用が小さく、顔料(DPP)の分散性が良好であり、このため、せん断速度に対する粘度の変化量が小さくなり、その結果、塗布性が良好で、厚みムラの抑制された膜を製造できたと推測される。このため、本発明の着色組成物は、塗布性が良好で、厚みムラの抑制された膜を製造できる。
According to the study of the present inventors, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments tend to have relatively high interactions between the pigments, and the coloring composition containing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments has a viscosity which increases as the shear rate increases. It has been found that the drop is large and the change in viscosity with respect to the shear rate tends to be large. Since the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment has such viscosity characteristics, it was presumed that thickness unevenness would easily occur. For example, in the case where a coloring composition containing a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is spin-coated, the centrifugal force becomes stronger as it moves away from the rotation center, so the film thickness near the rotation center becomes thicker than the film thickness of the outer periphery. It is presumed that the thickness is easily made uneven as a result.
According to the coloring composition of the present invention, the pigment represented by the formula (DPP) described later (hereinafter also referred to as a pigment (DPP)) and the graft resin containing 20 mol% or more of the specific repeating unit A described above Since the resin containing a mass% or more is included, the interaction between the pigments (DPP) in the coloring composition is small, and the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) is good. Therefore, the change in viscosity with respect to the shear rate is small. As a result, it is presumed that a film having good coatability and suppressed thickness unevenness could be produced. For this reason, the coloring composition of the present invention has good coatability, and can produce a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
 着色組成物は、顔料(DPP)として、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド255、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド272、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ71、および、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ73から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いた場合において厚みムラの改善効果が顕著に発揮され、顔料(DPP)として、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を用いた場合において厚みムラの改善効果がより顕著に発揮される。 As the coloring composition, as a pigment (DPP), at least one selected from color index pigment red 254, color index pigment red 255, color index pigment red 272, color index pigment orange 71, and color index pigment orange 73 is used In such a case, the improvement effect of thickness unevenness is remarkably exhibited, and when color index pigment red 254 is used as the pigment (DPP), the improvement effect of thickness unevenness is more significantly exhibited.
 以下、本発明の着色組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used for the coloring composition of this invention is demonstrated.
<<式(DPP)で表される顔料>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、式(DPP)で表される顔料を含む。この顔料はジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料である。以下、式(DPP)で表される顔料を顔料(DPP)ともいう。
 式(DPP)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 式中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-COORD1、-SOD1、-ORD1、-SRD1または-NRD1D2を表し、RD1およびRD2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、m1およびm2はそれぞれ独立して0~5の整数を表し、m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよく、m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
<< pigment represented by formula (DPP) >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment represented by the formula (DPP). This pigment is a pigment having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. Hereinafter, the pigment represented by the formula (DPP) is also referred to as a pigment (DPP).
Formula (DPP)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -COOR D1 , -SO 2 R D1 , -OR D1 , -SR D1 or -NR D1 R D2 R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and m1 is 2 or more. In the case, m1 R 1 s may be identical to or different from each other, and when m 2 is 2 or more, m 2 R 2 s may be identical to or different from each other.
 RおよびRが表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 The halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom.
 R、R、RD1およびRD2が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R D1 and R D2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the group mentioned by the substituent T mentioned later is mentioned.
 RD1およびRD2が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 RD1およびRD2が表すヘテロアリール基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
6-30 are preferable, as for carbon number of the aryl group which RD1 and RD2 represent, 6-20 are more preferable, and 6-12 are still more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the group mentioned by the substituent T mentioned later is mentioned.
The heteroaryl group represented by R D1 and R D2 may be a single ring or a fused ring. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and still more preferably 3 to 12. The heteroaryl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the group mentioned by the substituent T mentioned later is mentioned.
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子、アルキル基またはシアノ基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子またはアルキル基であることがより好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることが更に好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a cyano group, more preferably a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a halogen atom.
 m1およびm2はそれぞれ独立して0~5の整数を表し、0~2の整数が好ましく、0または1がより好ましい。 M1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
 置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~30)。これらの基は、さらに置換可能な基である場合、さらに置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。 As the substituent T, the following groups may be mentioned. An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably 6 to carbon atoms 30) aryloxy group), heteroaryloxy group, acyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Is an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group Preferably, it is an acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxycarbonyl Amino group (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl group (preferably sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), carbamoyl group (preferably carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (Preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylthio group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having a carbon number 1 to 30), an arylsulfonyl group (preferably charcoal) 6 to 30), heteroarylsulfonyl (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30), alkylsulfinyl (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30), arylsulfinyl (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 30), heteroarylsulfinyl group (Preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ureido group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, carboxyl group, sulfo group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonic acid amide group, imidic acid group, mercapto Group, halogen atom, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heteroaryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30). When these groups are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent. As a substituent, the group demonstrated by the substituent T mentioned above is mentioned.
 顔料(DPP)の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。以下の表中、置換基の表示が「-」の場合は水素原子であることを示す。例えば、DPP-1は、Z、Z~Z10が水素原子で、Zが-OCHである化合物であることを示す。また、Meはメチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 The compound of the following structure is mentioned as a specific example of a pigment (DPP). In the following table, when the designation of the substituent is "-", it indicates that it is a hydrogen atom. For example, DPP-1 is a compound in which Z 1 and Z 3 to Z 10 are hydrogen atoms, and Z 2 is -OCH 3 . Also, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記構造の化合物のうち、化合物PR254は、カラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントレッド254であり、化合物PR255は、C.I.ピグメントレッド255であり、化合物PR272は、C.I.ピグメントレッド272であり、化合物PO71は、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ71であり、化合物PO73は、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ73である。 Among the compounds of the above structure, the compound PR254 is color index (CI) pigment red 254, and the compound PR255 is C.I. I. Pigment red 255, and compound PR272 is C.I. I. Pigment red 272, and compound PO71 is C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, and the compound PO73 is C.I. I. Pigment orange 73.
 本発明において、顔料(DPP)としては、カラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントレッド254、C.I.ピグメントレッド255、C.I.ピグメントレッド272、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ71、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ73が好ましく、厚みムラをより顕著に抑制できるという理由からC.I.ピグメントレッド254がより好ましい。 In the present invention, as the pigment (DPP), color index (CI) pigment red 254, C.I. I. Pigment red 255, C.I. I. Pigment red 272, C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, C.I. I. Pigment orange 73 is preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment red 254 is more preferred.
 顔料(DPP)の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中30質量%以上であることが好ましく、33質量%以上であることがより好ましく、35質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、55質量%以下とすることができる。
 また、着色組成物に含まれる着色剤の全質量中における顔料(DPP)の割合は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましく、65質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、100質量%以下とすることができる。
The content of the pigment (DPP) is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 33% by mass or more, and still more preferably 35% by mass or more in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit can be 55% by mass or less.
The proportion of the pigment (DPP) in the total mass of the colorant contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 65% by mass or more. Is more preferred. The upper limit can be 100% by mass or less.
<<他の着色剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は顔料(DPP)以外の着色剤(以下、他の着色剤ともいう)を含有することができる。他の着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。本発明で用いられる着色剤は、顔料を含むことが好ましい。また、着色剤中における顔料の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、着色剤は顔料のみであってもよい。
<< Other colorants >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a colorant (hereinafter also referred to as another colorant) other than the pigment (DPP). Other colorants may be pigments or dyes. The pigment and the dye may be used in combination. The colorant used in the present invention preferably contains a pigment. The content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. Is particularly preferred. Also, the colorant may be only a pigment.
 顔料としては、無機顔料、有機顔料が挙げられ、有機顔料であることが好ましい。有機顔料としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。 Examples of the pigment include inorganic pigments and organic pigments, and organic pigments are preferable. Examples of the organic pigment include those shown below.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,264,269,270,279等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80等(以上、青色顔料)。
C. I. Pigment yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 35, 53, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175 176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214 like (or more, and yellow pigment),
C. I. Pigment orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 13, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64 etc. (above, orange Color pigment),
C. I. Pigment red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,33,41,48: 1,48: 2,48: 3,48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 25: 2, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 242, 242, 246, 264, 269, 270, 279, etc. (above, red pigment),
C. I. Pigment green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59 (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42 etc (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80 (the above, blue pigment).
 また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開WO2015/118720公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落0047に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。
Also, as a green pigment, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms is used. It can also be done. Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication WO 2015/118720.
Moreover, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound which has a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue pigment. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
 染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。化学構造としては、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が使用できる。また、特開2012-158649号公報に記載のチアゾール化合物、特開2011-184493号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2011-145540号公報に記載のアゾ化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、黄色染料として、特開2013-54339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-26228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物などを用いることもできる。 The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. The chemical structure includes pyrazole azo, anilinoazo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, Dyes such as xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyromethene dyes can be used. Further, a thiazole compound described in JP-A-2012-158649, an azo compound described in JP-A-2011-184493, and an azo compound described in JP-A-2011-145540 can also be preferably used. Further, as the yellow dye, a quinophthalone compound described in paragraph 0011 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-54339, a quinophthalone compound described in paragraph 0013 to 0058 of JP-A 2014-26228, or the like can be used.
 また、他の着色剤として色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましいが、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよく、色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体としては、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 Moreover, a pigment | dye multimer can also be used as another coloring agent. The dye multimer is preferably a dye used by being dissolved in a solvent, but the dye multimer may form particles, and when the dye multimer is particles, it is usually dispersed in a solvent. Used. The dye multimer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682 can be mentioned as specific examples. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. Plural dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and still more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30000 or less, further preferably 20000 or less. As the dye multimer, compounds described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742 and the like can also be used.
 他の着色剤は、黄色着色剤であることが好ましく、黄色顔料であることがより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150およびC.I.ピグメントイエロー185から選ばれる1種以上であることが更に好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139およびC.I.ピグメントイエロー185から選ばれる1種以上であることがより一層好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139であることが特に好ましい。この態様によれば、より優れた塗布性が得られやすい。更には、色再現性上好ましい分光特性が得られる。 The other colorant is preferably a yellow colorant, more preferably a yellow pigment, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 or more preferably one or more selected from C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 or more preferably one or more selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 is particularly preferable. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain better coatability. Furthermore, spectral characteristics preferable for color reproducibility can be obtained.
 本発明の着色組成物が他の着色剤(すなわち、顔料(DPP)以外の着色剤)を含有する場合、他の着色剤の含有量は、顔料(DPP)の100質量部に対して10~100質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、15質量部以上であることが好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、90質量部以下であることが好ましく、80質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、黄色着色剤の含有量は、顔料(DPP)の100質量部に対して10~100質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、15質量部以上であることが好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、90質量部以下であることが好ましく、80質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、顔料(DPP)と他の着色剤との合計の含有量は着色組成物の全固形分中30~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、顔料(DPP)と黄色着色剤との合計の含有量は着色組成物の全固形分中30~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
When the coloring composition of the present invention contains another colorant (that is, a colorant other than pigment (DPP)), the content of the other colorant is 10 to 100 parts by weight of pigment (DPP). It is preferably 100 parts by mass. The lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 80 parts by mass or less.
Further, the content of the yellow colorant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment (DPP). The lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 80 parts by mass or less.
The total content of the pigment (DPP) and the other colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 45% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The total content of the pigment (DPP) and the yellow colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 45% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
<<樹脂>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を含む。本発明において、樹脂とは、着色剤以外の有機化合物であって、分子量が2,000以上の有機化合物のことを言う。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などの粒子を組成物中で分散させる用途やバインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などの粒子を分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外の目的で使用することもできる。
<< Resin >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. In the present invention, the resin is an organic compound other than the colorant and is an organic compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more. The resin is blended, for example, in applications of dispersing particles such as pigments in a composition and applications of a binder. In addition, resin used mainly for disperse | distributing particle | grains, such as a pigment, is also called a dispersing agent. However, such an application of the resin is an example, and can be used for purposes other than such an application.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がより好ましい。下限は、3,000以上が好ましく、5,000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. 3,000 or more are preferable and, as for a minimum, 5,000 or more are more preferable.
(グラフト樹脂A)
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂として、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂(以下、グラフト樹脂Aともいう)を含む。このグラフト樹脂Aは、顔料(DPP)の分散剤として好ましく用いられる。なお、本明細書において、グラフト樹脂とは、グラフト鎖を有する樹脂を意味する。また、グラフト鎖とは、ポリマーの主鎖の根元から、主鎖から枝分かれしている基の末端までを示す。
(Graft resin A)
The coloring composition of the present invention has, as a resin, a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain, and a graft resin containing 20 mol% or more of repeating units A having a graft chain of polyester structure in side chains (hereinafter referred to as graft resin A) Say). This graft resin A is preferably used as a dispersant for the pigment (DPP). In the present specification, a graft resin means a resin having a graft chain. Moreover, a graft chain shows from the root of the principal chain of a polymer to the end of the group branched from the principal chain.
 グラフト樹脂Aにおける上記繰り返し単位Aは、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位である。 The above-mentioned repeating unit A in the graft resin A is a repeating unit having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and having a polyester chain as a side chain.
 本発明において、グラフト樹脂Aにおけるグラフト鎖とは、繰り返し単位の主鎖から枝分かれして伸びるポリマー鎖のことを意味する。グラフト鎖の長さについては特に制限されないが、グラフト鎖が長くなると立体反発効果が高くなり、顔料(DPP)の分散性を高めることができる。グラフト鎖としては、水素原子を除いた原子数が40~10000であることが好ましく、水素原子を除いた原子数が50~2000であることがより好ましく、水素原子を除いた原子数が60~500であることが更に好ましい。 In the present invention, the graft chain in the graft resin A means a polymer chain branched and extended from the main chain of the repeating unit. The length of the graft chain is not particularly limited, but the longer the graft chain, the higher the steric repulsion effect, and the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) can be enhanced. The graft chain preferably has 40 to 10,000 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms, more preferably 50 to 2,000 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms, and 60 to 60 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is 500.
 グラフト鎖におけるポリエステルの繰り返し数としては、顔料(DPP)の分散性の観点から3以上であることが好ましく、4以上であることがより好ましく、5以上であることが更に好ましい。 The repeating number of the polyester in the graft chain is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and still more preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP).
 グラフト鎖としては、式(G-1)、式(G-2)または式(G-3)で表される構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 RG1は、アルキレン基を表し、W100は水素原子または置換基を表す。n1~n3は、それぞれ独立して3以上の整数を表す。
Examples of the graft chain include structures represented by Formula (G-1), Formula (G-2) or Formula (G-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

R G1 represents an alkylene group, and W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. n1 to n3 each independently represent an integer of 3 or more.
 RG1が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、2~16がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by R G1 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and still more preferably 3 to 12. The alkylene group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
 n1~n3は、それぞれ独立して3以上の整数を表し、4以上であることがより好ましく、5以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は例えば、100以下が好ましく、80以下がより好ましく、60以下が更に好ましい。 Each of n1 to n3 independently represents an integer of 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, and more preferably 5 or more. For example, the upper limit is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and still more preferably 60 or less.
 W100は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、顔料(DPP)の分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有する基が好ましく、炭素数5~24のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group and the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP), a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferable, and an alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group is preferable. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and linear or branched is preferable.
 顔料(DPP)の分散性向上の観点から、グラフト樹脂Aのグラフト鎖は、ε-カプロラクトンおよびδ-バレロラクトンから選ばれる化合物由来のポリエステル構造を含むことが好ましい。ε-カプロラクトン由来のポリエステル構造としては、以下のε-CLで表される構造が挙げられる。δ-バレロラクトン由来のポリエステル構造としては、以下のδ-VLで表される構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP), the graft chain of the graft resin A preferably includes a polyester structure derived from a compound selected from ε-caprolactone and δ-valerolactone. Examples of the polyester structure derived from ε-caprolactone include the structures represented by the following ε-CL. Examples of the polyester structure derived from δ-valerolactone include the following structures represented by δ-VL.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 グラフト樹脂Aにおける上記繰り返し単位Aは、下記式(GA)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
式(GA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
The repeating unit A in the graft resin A is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (GA).
Formula (GA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中RA1は、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、LA1は、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、WA1は、ポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を表す。 In the formula, R A1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L A1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and W A1 represents a graft chain of a polyester structure.
 RA1が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~5であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。RA1は水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましい。 The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R A1 is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1. R A1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 LA1が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L A1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, And -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
 WA1は、ポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を表す。ポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖としては上述したグラフト鎖が挙げられ、上記式(G-1)、式(G-2)または式(G-3)で表される構造のグラフト鎖であることが好ましい。 W A1 represents a graft chain of polyester structure. The graft chain of the polyester structure includes the above-mentioned graft chain, and is preferably a graft chain having a structure represented by the above formula (G-1), formula (G-2) or formula (G-3).
 グラフト樹脂Aにおいて、上記繰り返し単位Aの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、300以上であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましく、1000~7500であることが更に好ましい。なお、本発明において、繰り返し単位Aの重量平均分子量は、同繰り返し単位の重合に用いた原料モノマーの重量平均分子量から算出した値である。例えば、繰り返し単位Aは、マクロモノマーを重合することで形成できる。ここで、マクロモノマーとは、ポリマー末端に重合性基が導入された高分子化合物を意味する。マクロモノマーを用いて繰り返し単位Aを形成した場合においては、マクロモノマーの重量平均分子量が繰り返し単位Aの重量平均分子量に該当する。 In the graft resin A, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the repeating unit A is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 300 to 10000, and still more preferably 1000 to 7500. In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for the polymerization of the same repeating unit. For example, repeating unit A can be formed by polymerizing a macromonomer. Here, the macromonomer means a polymer compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced at the polymer end. When the repeating unit A is formed using the macromonomer, the weight average molecular weight of the macromonomer corresponds to the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A.
 グラフト樹脂Aは、グラフト樹脂Aの全繰り返し単位中繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含み、21モル%以上含有することが好ましく、22モル%以上含有することがより好ましく、23モル%以上含有することが更に好ましい。上限は、100モル%とすることもでき、90モル%以下とすることもでき、80モル%以下とすることもでき、70モル%以下とすることもでき、60モル%以下とすることもできる。 The graft resin A contains 20 mol% or more, preferably 21 mol% or more, and more preferably 22 mol% or more, and more preferably 23 mol% or more of all the repeating units of the graft resin A. Is more preferred. The upper limit may be 100 mol%, 90 mol% or less, 80 mol% or less, 70 mol% or less, or 60 mol% or less. it can.
 本発明で用いられるグラフト樹脂Aは、上記繰り返し単位A以外の繰り返し単位をさらに含んでいてもよい。他の繰り返し単位としては、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などエチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。 The graft resin A used in the present invention may further contain a repeating unit other than the above-mentioned repeating unit A. As another repeating unit, the repeating unit which has an acidic radical, the repeating unit which has a polymeric group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphate group. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenic unsaturated groups such as vinyl group, (meth) allyl group and (meth) acryloyl group.
 グラフト樹脂Aが、酸基を有する繰り返し単位をさらに含むことで、アルカリ現像性を付与し、解像性を向上させるという効果が期待できる。また、グラフト樹脂Aが、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位をさらに含むことで、耐熱性などの諸物性に優れた硬化膜が得られやすい。 By the graft resin A further including a repeating unit having an acid group, an effect of imparting alkali developability and improving resolution can be expected. Moreover, since the graft resin A further contains the repeating unit which has a polymeric group, the cured film excellent in various physical properties, such as heat resistance, is easy to be obtained.
 グラフト樹脂Aが酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂Aの全繰り返し単位中、50~80モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、55モル%以上が好ましく、60モル%以上含がより好ましい。上限は、78モル%以下が好ましく、77モル%以下がより好ましい。
 グラフト樹脂Aが重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂Aの全繰り返し単位中、10~40モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、15モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましい。上限は、35モル%以下が好ましく、30モル%以下がより好ましい。
When the graft resin A contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 50 to 80% by mole in all the repeating units of the graft resin A. 55 mol% or more is preferable and, as for a minimum, 60 mol% or more containing is more preferable. 78 mol% or less is preferable and 77 mol% or less of an upper limit is more preferable.
When the graft resin A contains a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, the content of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group is preferably 10 to 40 mol% of all the repeating units of the graft resin A. 15 mol% or more is preferable and 20 mol% or more of a lower limit is more preferable. 35 mol% or less is preferable and, as for the upper limit, 30 mol% or less is more preferable.
 グラフト樹脂Aの具体例としては、下記構造の樹脂が挙げられる。また、グラフト樹脂Aについては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
As a specific example of graft resin A, resin of the following structure is mentioned. The graft resin A can be referred to the description of paragraph Nos. 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(他の樹脂)
 本発明の着色組成物は、上述したグラフト樹脂A以外の樹脂(以下、他の樹脂ともいう)を更に含有することができる。他の樹脂としては、例えば、グラフト鎖を有さない樹脂(線状有機高分子重合体)などが挙げられる。他の樹脂の一例として、アルカリ可溶性樹脂などが挙げられる。
(Other resin)
The coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a resin other than the graft resin A described above (hereinafter, also referred to as another resin). As other resin, resin (linear organic high molecular polymer) etc. which do not have a graft chain are mentioned, for example. An alkali-soluble resin etc. are mentioned as an example of another resin.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、アルカリ溶解を促進する基を有する樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。アルカリ溶解を促進する基(以下、酸基ともいう)としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有する酸基の種類は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 The alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from resins having a group that promotes alkali dissolution. As a group which promotes alkali dissolution (hereinafter, also referred to as an acid group), for example, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like can be mentioned, with a carboxyl group being preferable. The type of the acid group possessed by the alkali-soluble resin may be only one type, or two or more types.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100,000が好ましい。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20,000が好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1000 to 20,000.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、耐熱性の観点からは、ポリヒドロキシスチレン系樹脂、ポリシロキサン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合樹脂が好ましい。また、現像性制御の観点からは、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合樹脂が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polysiloxane resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin. Further, from the viewpoint of control of developability, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、側鎖にカルボキシル基を有するポリマーが好ましい。例えば、メタクリル酸、アクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、マレイン酸、2-カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、部分エステル化マレイン酸等のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を有する共重合体、ノボラック型樹脂などのアルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂、側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、ヒドロキシ基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたポリマーが挙げられる。特に、(メタ)アクリル酸と、これと共重合可能な他のモノマーとの共重合体が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として好適である。(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーとしては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アリール(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル化合物などが挙げられる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアリール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレートなどが挙げられる。ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルアセテート、N-ビニルピロリドン、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー等が挙げられる。また、他のモノマーとして、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等のN位置換マレイミドモノマーが挙げられる。これらの(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxyl group in a side chain. For example, a copolymer having a repeating unit derived from a monomer such as methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, partially esterified maleic acid, Examples thereof include alkali-soluble phenol resins such as novolac resins, acid cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group in a side chain, and polymers obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In particular, copolymers of (meth) acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, vinyl compounds and the like. As alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, Hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, etc. Can be mentioned. Examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer and the like. Other monomers include N-substituted maleimide monomers such as N-phenyl maleimide and N-cyclohexyl maleimide. These other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid may be only one type or two or more types.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/他のモノマーからなる多元共重合体を好ましく用いることができる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートと他のモノマーとを共重合した共重合体、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体なども好ましく用いることができる。また、市販品としては、例えばFF-426(藤倉化成社製)などを用いることもできる。 As an alkali soluble resin, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate A multicomponent copolymer composed of / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used. Further, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate with another monomer, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / described in JP-A-7-140654. Methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer and the like can also be preferably used. Further, as a commercial product, for example, FF-426 (manufactured by Fujikura Kasei Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、重合性基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いることもできる。重合性基としては、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等が挙げられる。重合性基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、重合性基を側鎖に有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂等が有用である。重合性基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の市販品としては、ダイヤナールNRシリーズ(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、Photomer6173(カルボキシル基含有ポリウレタンアクリレートオリゴマー、Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製)、ビスコートR-264、KSレジスト106(いずれも大阪有機化学工業(株)製)、サイクロマーPシリーズ(例えば、ACA230AA)、プラクセル CF200シリーズ(いずれも(株)ダイセル製)、Ebecryl3800(ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)、アクリキュアーRD-F8((株)日本触媒製)、DP-1305(富士フイルムファインケミカルズ(株)製)などが挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin can also be an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include (meth) allyl group and (meth) acryloyl group. As the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain is useful. Commercial products of the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group include Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (carboxyl group-containing polyurethane acrylate oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), Biscoat R-264. KS Resist 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA 230 AA), Plaxcel CF 200 series (both manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UBC Co., Ltd.), Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), DP-1305 (manufactured by Fujifilm Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および特開2010-168539号公報の式(1)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分を重合してなるポリマーを含むことも好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin comprises at least one compound selected from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and a compound represented by formula (1) in JP-A-2010-168539 (hereinafter referred to as “ether dimer It is also preferable to include a polymer formed by polymerizing a monomer component including “sometimes referred to as
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。 In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0317に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。エーテルダイマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include, for example, the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0317 of JP-A-2013-29760, the contents of which are incorporated herein. The ether dimer may be only one type, or two or more types.
 エーテルダイマーを含むモノマー成分を重合してなるポリマーとしては、例えば下記構造のポリマーが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
As a polymer formed by polymerizing a monomer component containing an ether dimer, for example, a polymer of the following structure can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 式(X)において、Rは、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子またはベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。
The alkali-soluble resin may contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 has a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. Represents an alkyl group of n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
 上記式(X)において、Rのアルキレン基の炭素数は、2~3が好ましい。また、Rのアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましい。Rのアルキル基はベンゼン環を含んでもよい。Rで表されるベンゼン環を含むアルキル基としては、ベンジル基、2-フェニル(イソ)プロピル基等を挙げることができる。 In the above formula (X), the carbon number of the alkylene group of R 2 is preferably 2 to 3. The carbon number of the alkyl group of R 3 is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include benzyl and 2-phenyl (iso) propyl.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2012-32767号公報の段落番号0029~0063に記載の共重合体(B)および実施例で用いられているアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2012-208474号公報の段落番号0088~0098に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-137531号公報の段落番号0022~0032に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2013-024934号公報の段落番号0132~0143に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2011-242752号公報の段落番号0092~0098および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-032770号公報の段落番号0030~0072に記載のバインダー樹脂を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (paragraph 0685 to 0700 in the corresponding US Patent Application Publication 2012/0235099), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the book. In addition, the copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0029 to 0063 of JP 2012-32767 A and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, paragraph 0088 to 0098 of JP 2012-208474 A. Binder resin described and binder resin used in Examples, Binder resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP 2012-137531 A and binder resin used in Examples, JP 2013-024934 Binder resins described in paragraphs 0132 to 0143 of the gazette and binder resins used in the examples, binder resins used in paragraphs 0092 to 0098 of JP 2011-242752 A and examples, JP 2012 Paragraph No. 0030 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 032770 0072 can also be used a binder resin according to. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が一層好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mg KOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mg KOH / g or more, and still more preferably 70 mg KOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mg KOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mg KOH / g or less, still more preferably 150 mg KOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 120 mg KOH / g or less.
 本発明の着色組成物において、樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、40質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 本発明の着色組成物において、着色組成物に含まれる樹脂の60質量%以上が上記グラフト樹脂Aであり、65質量%以上が上記グラフト樹脂Aであることが好ましく、70質量%以上が上記グラフト樹脂Aであることが更に好ましい。また、上限は、例えば、95質量%以下とすることができ、90質量%以下とすることもできる。この態様によれば、着色組成物の塗布性が良好であり、厚みムラの抑制された膜を形成し易い。
 本発明の着色組成物において、上記グラフト樹脂Aの含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中10~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、13質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、27質量%以下であることがより好ましく、25質量%以下がさらに好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の塗布性が良好であり、厚みムラの抑制された膜を形成し易い。
 本発明の着色組成物において、グラフト樹脂Aの含有量は、顔料(DPP)の100質量部に対して30~90質量部であることが好ましく、30~70質量部であることが更に好ましい。下限は、40質量部以上であることがより好ましく、45質量部以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、65質量部以下であることがより好ましく、60質量部以下がさらに好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物中における顔料(DPP)の分散性が良好であり、厚みムラの抑制された膜を形成し易い。
 本発明の着色組成物が、グラフト樹脂Aの他に、更に他の樹脂を含む場合、他の樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、13質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less.
In the coloring composition of the present invention, preferably 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is the graft resin A, 65% by mass or more is the graft resin A, and 70% by mass or more More preferably, it is resin A. Moreover, an upper limit can be 95 mass% or less, for example, and can also be 90 mass% or less. According to this aspect, the coatability of the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the graft resin A is preferably 10 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 13% by mass or more, and still more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 27% by mass or less, and further preferably 25% by mass or less. According to this aspect, the coatability of the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the graft resin A is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment (DPP). The lower limit is more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 45 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the pigment (DPP) in the coloring composition is good, and it is easy to form a film in which thickness unevenness is suppressed.
When the coloring composition of the present invention further includes another resin in addition to the graft resin A, the content of the other resin is preferably 0 to 20% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, further preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less and still more preferably 13% by mass or less.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有する。重合性化合物は、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物はラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<< polymeric compound >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group etc. are mentioned. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、2000未満が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers and oligomers, but monomers are preferred. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2000, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and still more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基を3~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基を3~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-29760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated groups, and 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups. More preferably, it is a compound containing one. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound are described in paragraph Nos. 0095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-29760A, and paragraph 0254-0257 of JP2008-292970A. Compounds are included, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性化合物は、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。また、重合性化合物として、NKエステルA-TMMT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD RP-1040、DPCA-20(日本化薬(株)製)を使用することもできる。また、重合性化合物として、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound is dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Made, Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (Commercial product: KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (Commercial product: KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku ( Ltd. product, NK ester A-DPH-12E; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product, and the compound of the structure where these (meth) acryloyl groups are linked via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residue (For example, commercially available from Sartmar , SR454, SR499) is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used. In addition, NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD RP-1040, DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be used as the polymerizable compound. Moreover, as a polymerizable compound, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy modified tri (meth) acrylate It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available products of trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Alonics M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Etc.
 重合性化合物は、酸基を有していてもよい。酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いることで、現像時に未露光部の着色組成物層が除去されやすく、現像残渣の発生を効果的に抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound may have an acid group. By using the polymerizable compound having an acid group, the colored composition layer in the unexposed area is easily removed at the time of development, and the generation of development residues can be effectively suppressed. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group etc. are mentioned, A carboxyl group is preferable. Commercially available products of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group include Alonics M-510 and M-520, and Alonics TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 酸基を有する重合性化合物の酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、5~30mgKOH/gがより好ましい。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、より優れた現像性が得られる。重合性化合物の酸価が40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。 The acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mg KOH / g or more, the solubility in a developer is good, and more excellent developability can be obtained. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 40 mg KOH / g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling.
 重合性化合物は、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物も好ましい態様である。カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As a polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure is also a preferable embodiment. Examples of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like.
 重合性化合物は、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物は、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、イソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 The compound which has an alkylene oxy group can also be used for a polymeric compound. The polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. As a commercial item of a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group, for example, SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutylene oxy groups Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330 which is an acrylate.
 重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。
 また、重合性化合物としては、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることも好ましい。
 また、重合性化合物としては、特開2017-48367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。
As polymerizable compounds, urethane acrylates as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765, The urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Further, it is also preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238. As commercial products, UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T- 600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.
As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (above, Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), or the like.
Further, as the polymerizable compound, compounds described in JP-A-2017-48367, JP-A-5605891 and JP-A-6031807 can also be used.
 重合性化合物の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 また、重合性化合物の含有量は、上述したグラフト樹脂Aの100質量部に対して100質量部以下であることが好ましく、80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、60質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が上記範囲であれば、組成物中における顔料(DPP)の分散が安定であり、更には優れた現像性を得ることもできる。
 重合性化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上併用する場合は、それらの合計が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. As for a minimum, 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is still more preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less.
In addition, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the graft resin A described above. Is more preferred. When the content of the polymerizable compound is in the above range, the dispersion of the pigment (DPP) in the composition is stable, and further, excellent developability can be obtained.
The polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerizable compounds are used in combination, the total of them is preferably in the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を含有する。光重合開始剤としては、重合性化合物の重合反応を開始させる能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する化合物であってもよい。
<< photoinitiator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible region are preferred. In addition, it may be a compound which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物が好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物がより好ましく、オキシム化合物が更に好ましい。光重合開始剤については、特開2014-130173号公報の段落番号0065~0111、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0274~0306の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), an acylphosphine compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole, an oxime compound, an organic peroxide, Thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds and the like can be mentioned. The photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl triazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxy ketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl imidazole from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred, and oxime compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds More preferred are compounds selected from amino ketone compounds and acyl phosphine compounds, and more preferred are oxime compounds. With regard to the photopolymerization initiator, the description of paragraph Nos. 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and paragraph Nos. 0274 to 0306 of JP-A-2013-29760 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. .
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379、及び、IRGACURE-379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available α-hydroxy ketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like. Examples of commercially available α-amino ketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (manufactured by BASF Corporation). Examples of commercially available products of acyl phosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819, DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF Corp.) and the like.
 オキシム化合物としては、例えば、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-66385号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-19766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2015/152153号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2017/051680公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、例えば、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上、BASF社製)も好適に用いられる。また、TRONLY TR-PBG-304、TRONLY TR-PBG-309、TRONLY TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD)製)、アデカアークルズNCI-930、アデカオプトマーN-1919(特開2012-14052号公報の光重合開始剤2)(以上、(株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, and the like. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), a compound described in J. Am. C. S. A compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), a compound described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), a compound described in JP-A-2000-66385, Compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-19766, Patent No. Examples thereof include the compounds described in 6065596, the compounds described in International Publication WO 2015/152153, and the compounds described in International Publication WO 2017/051680. Specific examples of the oxime compound include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3- On, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxy Examples include carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. As commercially available products of oxime compounds, IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03 and IRGACURE-OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF Corporation) are also suitably used. In addition, TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (made by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD.), Adeka ARKules NCI-930 And Adeka Optomer N-1919 (photopolymerization initiator 2 of JP 2012-14052 A) (all manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 また上記以外のオキシム化合物として、カルバゾール環のN位にオキシムが連結した特表2009-519904号公報に記載の化合物、ベンゾフェノン部位にヘテロ置換基が導入された米国特許第7626957号公報に記載の化合物、色素部位にニトロ基が導入された特開2010-15025号公報および米国特許公開2009-292039号に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2009/131189号公報に記載のケトオキシム化合物、トリアジン骨格とオキシム骨格を同一分子内に含有する米国特許7556910号公報に記載の化合物、405nmに極大吸収波長を有し、g線光源に対して良好な感度を有する特開2009-221114号公報に記載の化合物などを用いてもよい。 Further, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in JP-T-2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of a carbazole ring, and compounds described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957, in which a hetero substituent is introduced in the benzophenone moiety And compounds described in JP-A-2010-15025 and U.S. Patent Publication 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced at a dye site, a ketoxime compound described in WO2009 / 131189, the same triazine skeleton and oxime skeleton. The compound described in US Pat. No. 7,556,910, which is contained in the molecule, and the compound described in JP2009-221114A, which has a maximum absorption wavelength at 405 nm and has a good sensitivity to a g-line light source It is also good.
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. As specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring, compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466 can be mentioned. This content is incorporated herein.
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開WO2015/036910号公報に記載の化合物OE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples thereof include the compounds OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication WO 2015/036910.
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開WO2013/083505号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. As a specific example of such an oxime compound, the compound described in International Publication WO 2013/083505 can be mentioned.
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, the compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. And the like (C-3) and the like. This content is incorporated herein.
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載の化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載の化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. As specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group, compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, and patent 4223071 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0007 to 0025 of the gazette, Adeka Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物は、365nmおよび405nmの吸光度が高い化合物が好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 360 to 480 nm. Moreover, the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
 オキシム化合物の365nmまたは405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、1,000~300,000であることが好ましく、2,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、5,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and 5,000 to 200, Particularly preferred is 000. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開WO2015/004565号公報、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0417~0412、国際公開WO2017/033680号公報の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体や、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開WO2016/034963号公報に記載されているCmpd1~7などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator. As specific examples of such a photopolymerization initiator, paragraph Nos. 0417 to 0412 of JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication WO2015 / 004565, JP-A-2016-532675. , A dimer of the oxime compound described in paragraph Nos. 0039 to 0055 of International Publication WO 2017/033680, a compound (E) and a compound (G) described in JP-A-2013-522445, an international Examples thereof include Cmpd 1 to 7 described in published WO 2016/034963.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、例えば、20質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下が更に好ましい。着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 20% by mass or less and still more preferably 10% by mass or less. The coloring composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of photoinitiators are included, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes said range.
<<エポキシ基を有する化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)を含有することができる。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を2個以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ基の上限は、100個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、5個以下であることが更に好ましい。
<< Compound Having an Epoxy Group >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). As the epoxy compound, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. The upper limit of the epoxy group is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less.
 エポキシ化合物のエポキシ当量(=エポキシ基を有する化合物の分子量/エポキシ基の数)は、500g/eq以下であることが好ましく、100~400g/eqであることがより好ましく、100~300g/eqであることがさらに好ましい。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (= molecular weight of compound having an epoxy group / number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g / eq or less, more preferably 100 to 400 g / eq, and 100 to 300 g / eq. It is further preferred that
 エポキシ化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)であってもよい。エポキシ化合物の分子量(ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量)は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。分子量(ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量)の上限は、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。 The epoxy compound may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of a polymer) of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000. 3000 or less is preferable, as for the upper limit of molecular weight (in the case of a polymer, weight average molecular weight), 2000 or less is more preferable, and 1500 or less is still more preferable.
 エポキシ化合物は、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。 The epoxy compounds are compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 in JP 2013-011869A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 in JP 2014-043556 A, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 in JP 2014-089408 A. Can also be used. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
 本発明の着色組成物がエポキシ化合物を含有する場合、エポキシ化合物の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、例えば、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。エポキシ化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合は、合計が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains an epoxy compound, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less. The epoxy compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that a sum becomes said range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や着色組成物の塗布性を満足すれば特に制限はない。
<< solvent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coating property of the coloring composition are satisfied.
 有機溶剤の例としては、例えば、以下の有機溶剤が挙げられる。エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が挙げられる。エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が挙げられる。ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等が好適に挙げられる。また、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドも溶解性向上の観点から好ましい。有機溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。ただし溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下、10質量ppm以下、あるいは1質量ppm以下とすることができる)。 Examples of the organic solvent include, for example, the following organic solvents. As esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate alkylate (Eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), alkyl 3-alkyloxypropionate Esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid Ethyl, 3-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate etc. (eg Methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and Ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, Acetoacetate Le, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like. As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like can be mentioned. Examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like. Preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene. Further, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide are also preferable from the viewpoint of solubility improvement. The organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. However, it may be better to reduce aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene etc.) as a solvent due to environmental reasons etc. (For example, 50 mass ppm (parts per part of the total amount of organic solvent) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 有機溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。有機溶剤を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、特に好ましくは、上記の3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液である。 The organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more organic solvents are used in combination, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate is particularly preferable. 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and a mixed solution composed of two or more kinds.
 本発明においては、溶剤として金属含有量の少ない溶剤を用いることが好ましい。溶剤中の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて金属含有量が質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような高純度溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use a solvent having a low metal content as the solvent. The metal content in the solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts by weight (pps) or less. If necessary, a solvent having a metal content of mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such a high purity solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Journal, November 13, 2015) Day).
 溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 As a method of removing impurities such as metal from the solvent, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter can be mentioned. As a filter hole diameter of a filter used for filtration, 10 micrometers or less are preferred, 5 micrometers or less are more preferred, and 3 micrometers or less are still more preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be contained, or two or more types may be contained.
 本発明において、有機溶剤は、過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 In the present invention, the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably contains substantially no peroxide.
 溶剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分が5~80質量%となる量が好ましい。下限は10質量%以上が好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下が好ましく、50質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下がさらに好ましい。 The content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content of the coloring composition is 5 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more. 60 mass% or less is preferable, 50 mass% or less is more preferable, and 40 mass% or less is still more preferable.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、パターンの硬度を向上させる目的や、硬化温度を下げる目的で、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物などが挙げられる。
<< hardening accelerator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator for the purpose of improving the hardness of the pattern or for the purpose of lowering the curing temperature. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds.
 チオール化合物としては、分子内に2個以上のメルカプト基を有する多官能チオール化合物などが挙げられる。多官能チオール化合物は、安定性、臭気、解像性、現像性、密着性等の改良を目的として添加してもよい。多官能チオール化合物は、2級のアルカンチオール類であることが好ましく、下記式(T1)で表される構造を有する化合物であることがより好ましい。
 式(T1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(式(T1)中、nは2~4の整数を表し、Lは2~4価の連結基を表す。)
As a thiol compound, the polyfunctional thiol compound etc. which have a 2 or more mercapto group in a molecule | numerator are mentioned. The polyfunctional thiol compound may be added for the purpose of improving the stability, the odor, the resolution, the developability, the adhesion and the like. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and more preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (T1).
Formula (T1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4 and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.)
 上記式(T1)において、Lは炭素数2~12の脂肪族基であることが好ましい。上記式(T1)において、nが2であり、Lが炭素数2~12のアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。多官能チオール化合物の具体例としては、下記の構造式(T2)~(T4)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(T2)で表される化合物が好ましい。チオール化合物は1種を用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In the above formula (T1), L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. In the above formula (T1), it is more preferable that n is 2 and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulas (T2) to (T4), and a compound represented by formula (T2) is preferable. One type of thiol compound may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 また、硬化促進剤は、メチロール系化合物(例えば特開2015-34963号公報の段落番号0246において、架橋剤として例示されている化合物)、アミン類、ホスホニウム塩、アミジン塩、アミド化合物(以上、例えば特開2013-41165号公報の段落番号0186に記載の硬化剤)、塩基発生剤(例えば、特開2014-55114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物)、イソシアネート化合物(例えば、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071に記載の化合物)、アルコキシシラン化合物(例えば、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物)、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、特開2015-34963号公報の段落番号0216に酸発生剤として例示されている化合物、特開2009-180949号公報に記載の化合物)などを用いることもできる。 Further, as the curing accelerator, methylol compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example, Curing agent described in paragraph 0186 of JP2013-41165A, base generator (for example, ionic compound described in JP2014-55114A), isocyanate compound (for example, JP2012-150180A) Compounds described in paragraph 0071 of the gazette, alkoxysilane compounds (eg, alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253054), onium salt compounds (eg, JP-A-2015-34963) It is illustrated as an acid generator in paragraph No. 0216 Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2009-180949) or the like can be used.
 本発明の着色組成物が硬化促進剤を含有する場合、硬化促進剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a curing accelerator, the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition, and is 0.8 to 6.4. % By mass is more preferred.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、発色団の一部分を、酸基、塩基性基またはフタルイミドメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<< pigment derivative >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of a chromophore is substituted with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group.
 顔料誘導体を構成する発色団としては、キノリン系骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン系骨格、ジケトピロロピロール系骨格、アゾ系骨格、フタロシアニン系骨格、アンスラキノン系骨格、キナクリドン系骨格、ジオキサジン系骨格、ペリノン系骨格、ペリレン系骨格、チオインジゴ系骨格、イソインドリン系骨格、イソインドリノン系骨格、キノフタロン系骨格、スレン系骨格、金属錯体系骨格等が挙げられ、キノリン系骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン系骨格、ジケトピロロピロール系骨格、アゾ系骨格、キノフタロン系骨格、イソインドリン系骨格およびフタロシアニン系骨格が好ましく、アゾ系骨格およびベンゾイミダゾロン系骨格がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基が好ましく、スルホ基がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基が好ましく、三級アミノ基がより好ましい。顔料誘導体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The chromophores constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthraquinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone compound Skeletons, perylene skeletons, thioindigo skeletons, isoindoline skeletons, isoindolinone skeletons, quinophthalone skeletons, threne skeletons, metal complex skeletons, etc., and quinoline skeletons, benzimidazolone skeletons, diketo A pyrrolopyrrole skeleton, an azo skeleton, a quinophthalone skeleton, an isoindoline skeleton, and a phthalocyanine skeleton are preferable, and an azo skeleton and a benzimidazolone skeleton are more preferable. As an acid group which a pigment derivative has, a sulfo group and a carboxyl group are preferred, and a sulfo group is more preferred. As a basic group which a pigment derivative has, an amino group is preferable and a tertiary amino group is more preferable. As a specific example of the pigment derivative, for example, the description in paragraphs [0162] to [0182] of JP-A-2011-252065 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の着色組成物が顔料誘導体を含有する場合、顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対し、1~30質量部が好ましく、3~20質量部がさらに好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment derivative, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The pigment derivative may use only 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用でき、塗布性をより向上できるという理由からフッ素系界面活性剤が好ましい。
<< Surfactant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorinated surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone surfactants can be used to further improve the coating property. Fluorinated surfactants are preferred because they can be used.
 本発明の着色組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性が向上し、塗布厚の均一性をより改善することができる。即ち、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有する着色組成物を適用した塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、塗布膜表面の界面張力が低下して、乾燥の均一性が向上する。このため、塗布ムラの少ない膜形成をより好適に行うことができる。 By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition of the present invention, liquid properties when prepared as a coating liquid can be improved, and uniformity of coating thickness can be further improved. That is, in the case of film formation using a coating solution to which a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension on the surface of the coating film is reduced, and the uniformity of drying is improved. For this reason, film formation with few coating nonuniformity can be performed more suitably.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率が上記範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in the above range is effective in terms of the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and the liquid saving property, and the solubility in the coloring composition is also good.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As fluorine-based surfactants, for example, Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, R304, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780 (all, DIC Corporation) , Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC -383, S-393, KH-40 (all, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all, manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like. As the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327, and compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-2011-132503 can also be used.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造で、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月22日)(日経産業新聞、2016年2月23日)、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 The fluorine-based surfactant is a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved when heat is applied and the fluorine atom is volatilized can also be suitably used. . As such a fluorochemical surfactant, Megafuck DS series (Chemical Chemical Daily, February 22, 2016) manufactured by DIC Corporation (Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016), for example, Megafuck DS -21 can be mentioned.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorinated surfactant. Such fluorine-based surfactants can be referred to the description of JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。例えば特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。下記の式中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3,000~50,000であり、例えば、14,000である。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. For example, compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090 can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy and propyleneoxy) (meth) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorinated surfactant used in the present invention. In the following formulas,% indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compounds is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718-K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。 A fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965. Examples of commercially available products include Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718-K, RS-72-K and the like manufactured by DIC Corporation.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレートおよびプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As nonionic surfactants, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Company), Tetronics 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (BA). Made by F company, Solsparse 20000 (made by Nippon Lubrisol Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (made by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nisshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 カチオン系界面活性剤としては、KP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)、ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 As a cationic surfactant, KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow No. 1; 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 アニオン系界面活性剤としては、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)製)、サンデットBL(三洋化成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF6001、KF6002(以上、信越シリコーン株式会社製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 As silicone type surfactant, for example, Toray silicone DC3PA, Toray silicone SH7PA, Toray silicone DC11PA, Toray silicone SH21PA, Toray silicone SH28PA, Toray silicone SH29PA, Toray silicone SH30PA, Toray silicone SH8400 (more than Toray Dow Corning ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.), KP-341, KF6001, KF6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) Made, BYK 307, BYK 323, BYK 330 (above, made by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned.
 界面活性剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~1.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, in the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be combined. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノブタジエン化合物、メチルジベンゾイル化合物、クマリン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-68814号公報の段落番号0317~0334の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物などが挙げられる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としてはミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)を用いてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
<< UV Absorbent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet light absorber, conjugated diene compounds, aminobutadiene compounds, methyldibenzoyl compounds, coumarin compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl triazine compounds and the like can be used. The details of these can be referred to the descriptions of paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP 2012-208374 A and paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP 2013-68814 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structure. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet light absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). In addition, as the benzotriazole compound, MYUA series (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) made by Miyoshi Yushi may be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 本発明の着色組成物が紫外線吸収剤を含有する場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.1~3質量%が特に好ましい。また、紫外線吸収剤は、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。紫外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a UV absorber, the content of the UV absorber is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. More preferably, 0.1 to 3% by mass is particularly preferable. Moreover, an ultraviolet absorber may use only 1 type and may use 2 or more types. When 2 or more types of ultraviolet absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応および/または縮合反応によってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
<< Silane coupling agent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group is a substituent which is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by hydrolysis reaction and / or condensation reaction. As a hydrolysable group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
 シランカップリング剤は、ビニル基、エポキシ基、スチレン基、メタクリル基、アミノ基、イソシアヌレート基、ウレイド基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、および、イソシアネート基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、アルコキシ基とを有するシラン化合物が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、例えば、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-503)、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-403)等が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤の詳細については、特開2013-254047号公報の段落番号0155~0158の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The silane coupling agent includes at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacryl group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, an ureido group, a mercapto group, a sulfide group, and an isocyanate group, and an alkoxy group. The silane compound which has and is preferable. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include, for example, N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyl dimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl tri- trile Methoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBE-602), γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical) Manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd., KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-503), 3- 3- Examples thereof include glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-403) and the like. The details of the silane coupling agent can be referred to the description of Paragraph Nos. 0155 to 0158 of JP 2013-254047 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本発明の着色組成物がシランカップリング剤を含有する場合、シランカップリング剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1~5質量%が特に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。シランカップリング剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a silane coupling agent, the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, and 0.01 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. % Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 5% by mass is particularly preferable. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of silane coupling agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)等が挙げられる。
 本発明の着色組成物が重合禁止剤を含有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中、0.01~5質量%が好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< polymerization inhibitor >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. As a polymerization inhibitor, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts etc.) and the like.
When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount of them becomes the said range.
<<その他添加剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物には、必要に応じて、各種添加剤、例えば、充填剤、密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤としては、特開2004-295116号公報の段落番号0155~0156に記載の添加剤を挙げることができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸化防止剤としては、例えばフェノール化合物、リン系化合物(例えば特開2011-90147号公報の段落番号0042に記載の化合物)、チオエーテル化合物などを用いることができる。市販品としては、例えば(株)ADEKA製のアデカスタブシリーズ(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330など)が挙げられる。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。本発明の着色組成物は、特開2004-295116号公報の段落番号0078に記載の増感剤や光安定剤、同公報の段落番号0081に記載の熱重合防止剤を含有することができる。
<< Other Additives >>
In the coloring composition of the present invention, various additives such as a filler, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an aggregation inhibitor and the like can be blended, if necessary. Examples of these additives include the additives described in paragraphs [0155] to [0156] of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Further, as the antioxidant, for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, a compound described in paragraph 0042 of JP-A-2011-90147), a thioether compound or the like can be used. As a commercial item, for example, Adekastab series (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60G, AO-60, AO-80, AO-A manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) 330). One type of antioxidant may be used or two or more types may be used. The coloring composition of the present invention can contain the sensitizer and the light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication.
 用いる原料等により着色組成物中に金属元素が含まれることがあるが、欠陥発生抑制等の観点で、着色組成物中の第2族元素(カルシウム、マグネシウム等)の含有量は50質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、0.01~10質量ppmがより好ましい。また、着色組成物中の無機金属塩の総量は100質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、0.5~50質量ppmがより好ましい。 Although the metallic composition may be contained in the coloring composition depending on the raw materials used, etc., the content of the Group 2 element (such as calcium and magnesium) in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less from the viewpoint of suppression of defect generation and the like. Is preferably 0.01 to 10 ppm by mass. Further, the total amount of the inorganic metal salt in the coloring composition is preferably 100 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 50 mass ppm.
 本発明の着色組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の着色組成物の固形分濃度は、10~25質量%であることが好ましい。上限は23質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は12質量%以上であることが好ましく、14質量%以上であることが好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 25% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 23% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 12% by mass or more, and more preferably 14% by mass or more.
 本発明の着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、東機産業製 粘度計 RE85L(ローター:1°34’×R24、測定範囲0.6~1200mPa・s)を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be used with its viscosity adjusted for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness and the like), adjusting the film thickness, and the like. The value of viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and for example, 0.3 to 50 mPa · s at 25 ° C. is preferable, and 0.5 to 20 mPa · s is more preferable. As a method of measuring the viscosity, for example, using a Toki Sangyo viscometer RE85L (rotor: 1 ° 34 ′ × R24, measurement range 0.6 to 1200 mPa · s) and performing temperature control at 25 ° C. It can be measured.
 本発明の着色組成物は、回転粘度計を使用し、せん断速度10s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μに対する、せん断速度1000s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μの比であるμ/μが0.75以上1.25以下であることが好ましい。μ/μは0.90以上であることが好ましく、0.95以上であることがより好ましい。また、μ/μは1.10以下であることが好ましく、1.05以下であることがより好ましい。μ/μが上記範囲であれば、塗布性が良好であり、厚みムラの抑制された膜を形成できる。着色組成物のμ/μを上記範囲に調整する方法としては、着色組成物の固形分濃度、顔料(DPP)の含有量、グラフト樹脂Aの含有量などを適宜調整することで、上記範囲に調整することができる。例えば、着色組成物のμ/μを上記範囲内で小さくしたい場合は、着色組成物の固形分濃度を上記した範囲のうち下限程度まで下げる方法が挙げられる。また、着色組成物のμ/μを上記範囲内で大きくしたい場合は、着色組成物の固形分濃度を上記した範囲のうち上限程度まで上げる方法が挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention, using a rotating viscometer, on the viscosity mu 1 at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 10s -1, the viscosity at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 1000 s -1 mu it is preferable 2 mu 2 / mu 1 is the ratio is 0.75 to 1.25. μ 2 / μ 1 is preferably 0.90 or more, and more preferably 0.95 or more. Further, μ 2 / μ 1 is preferably 1.10 or less, more preferably 1.05 or less. If μ 2 / μ 1 is in the above range, the coatability is good, and a film in which the thickness unevenness is suppressed can be formed. As a method of adjusting μ 2 / μ 1 of the coloring composition to the above range, the solid content concentration of the coloring composition, the content of the pigment (DPP), the content of the graft resin A, etc. are appropriately adjusted. It can be adjusted to the range. For example, when it is desired to reduce μ 2 / μ 1 of the coloring composition within the above range, a method of decreasing the solid content concentration of the coloring composition to the lower limit of the above range may be mentioned. Moreover, when it is desired to increase μ 2 / μ 1 of the coloring composition within the above range, there is a method of increasing the solid content concentration of the coloring composition to the upper limit of the above range.
 本発明の着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 There is no limitation in particular as a storage container of the coloring composition of this invention, A well-known storage container can be used. In addition, as a container, for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into the raw materials and the composition, a multilayer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of six types and six layers of resin or a bottle in which six types of resin are seven layers It is also preferred to use. As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
 本発明の着色組成物は、カラーフィルタにおける着色層形成用の組成物として好ましく用いることができる。特に、カラーフィルタの赤色着色層の形成用の組成物として好ましく用いることができる。 The colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a composition for forming a colored layer in a color filter. In particular, it can be preferably used as a composition for forming a red colored layer of a color filter.
 本発明の着色組成物を液晶表示装置用途のカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、カラーフィルタを備えた液晶表示素子の電圧保持率は、70%以上であることが好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。高い電圧保持率を得るための公知の手段を適宜組み込むことができ、典型的な手段としては純度の高い素材の使用(例えばイオン性不純物の低減)や、組成物中の酸性官能基量の制御が挙げられる。電圧保持率は、例えば特開2011-008004号公報の段落0243、特開2012-224847号公報の段落0123~0129に記載の方法等で測定することができる。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a color filter for liquid crystal display applications, the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more . Known means for obtaining high voltage holding ratio can be suitably incorporated, and typical means include use of a high purity material (for example, reduction of ionic impurities) and control of the amount of acidic functional groups in the composition Can be mentioned. The voltage holding ratio can be measured, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0243 of JP-A-2011-008004 and paragraph 0123 to 0129 of JP-A-2012-224847.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method of Preparing Colored Composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparation of the coloring composition, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent to prepare a coloring composition, and if necessary, each component may be used as two or more solutions or dispersions as appropriate. Alternatively, they may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
 また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 Moreover, it is preferable to include the process of disperse | distributing a pigment in preparation of a coloring composition. In the process of dispersing the pigment, mechanical force used to disperse the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. In the pulverization of the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use a bead having a small diameter, and to process under conditions in which the pulverization efficiency is enhanced by increasing the packing ratio of the beads. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverizing treatment. In addition, the process and the dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment are the dispersion technology and industrial application centering on “Dispersion Technology Complete, Information Technology Co., Ltd. issued July 15, 2005” and “suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)” The process and the dispersing machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893, published on October 10, 1978, can be suitably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be subjected to a refinement treatment in a salt milling step. The materials, equipment, processing conditions and the like used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, the descriptions of JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-04629.
 着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、フィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度および/または超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。 In preparation of a coloring composition, it is preferable to filter with a filter for the purpose of the removal of a foreign material, reduction of a defect, etc. As a filter, if it is a filter conventionally used for filtration applications etc., it can be used, without being limited in particular. For example, a fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP) (high density and / or super A filter using a material such as a high molecular weight polyolefin resin) can be mentioned. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μm程度が適しており、好ましくは0.01~3.0μm程度、より好ましくは0.05~0.5μm程度である。 The pore diameter of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm.
 また、フィルタとしては、ファイバ状のろ材を用いたフィルタを用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。ファイバ状のろ材を用いたフィルタとしては、具体的にはロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)のフィルタカートリッジが挙げられる。 Moreover, it is also preferable to use the filter using a fiber-like filter medium as a filter. Examples of the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Specific examples of the filter using a fiber-like filter medium include filter cartridges of SBP type series (SBP 008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR 002, TPR 005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX 003, etc.) manufactured by Loki Techno. .
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。
 例えば、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。ここでの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。市販のフィルタとしては、例えば、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEYなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)または株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタの中から選択することができる。
 また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみで行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。第2のフィルタとしては、第1のフィルタと同様の材料等で形成されたものを使用することができる。
When using filters, different filters may be combined. In that case, filtration with each filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
For example, filters of different pore sizes may be combined within the range described above. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As commercially available filters, for example, it is possible to select from various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA 4201 NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. can do.
Moreover, filtration with a 1st filter may be performed only with a dispersion liquid, and you may filter with a 2nd filter, after mixing other components. As the second filter, one formed of the same material as the first filter can be used.
<硬化膜>
 本発明の硬化膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物から得られる硬化膜である。硬化膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。
<Cured film>
The cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The thickness of the cured film can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
<パターン形成方法>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。本発明のパターン形成方法は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程(露光工程)と、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去する工程(現像工程)と、をこの順に含む。以下、各工程について説明する。
<Pattern formation method>
Next, the pattern formation method of the present invention will be described. The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises the steps of: forming a colored composition layer on a support using the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention; exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern (exposure step); And (d) developing and removing the unexposed area of the colored composition layer in this order. Each step will be described below.
<<着色組成物層を形成する工程>>
 着色組成物層を形成する工程では、着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。
<< Step of Forming a Colored Composition Layer >>
In the step of forming a colored composition layer, the colored composition is used to form a colored composition layer on a support.
 支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、CCDやCMOS等の固体撮像素子(受光素子)が設けられた固体撮像素子用基板、シリコン基板等が挙げられる。また、これらの基板上には、必要により、上部の層との密着改良、物質の拡散防止あるいは表面の平坦化のために下塗り層が設けられていてもよい。 There is no limitation in particular as a support body, According to a use, it can select suitably. For example, a glass substrate, a substrate for a solid-state imaging device provided with a solid-state imaging device (light receiving device) such as a CCD or a CMOS, a silicon substrate, etc. may be mentioned. Moreover, on these substrates, if necessary, a subbing layer may be provided to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, to prevent the diffusion of substances, or to planarize the surface.
 支持体上への着色組成物の適用方法としては、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、インクジェット法などが挙げられ、本発明の効果がより顕著に発揮されるという理由からスピンコート法が好ましい。また、スピンコート法での塗布条件は、着色組成物の固形分濃度などにより異なるが、例えば、300~3000rpmの回転数でスピン塗布することが好ましく、800~1500rpmの回転数でスピン塗布することがより好ましい。この範囲であれば、厚みムラの抑制された硬化膜を製造し易い。 As a method of applying the coloring composition on the support, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, an inkjet method and the like can be mentioned, and the spin coating method is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited. The coating conditions in the spin coating method vary depending on the solid content concentration of the coloring composition and the like. For example, spin coating is preferably performed at a rotational speed of 300 to 3000 rpm, and spin coating at a rotational speed of 800 to 1500 rpm Is more preferred. If it is this range, it is easy to manufacture the cured film in which the thickness nonuniformity was suppressed.
 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスによりパターンを形成する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク温度を150℃以下で行うことにより、例えば、イメージセンサの光電変換膜を有機素材で構成した場合において、これらの特性をより効果的に維持することができる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。乾燥は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). In the case of forming a pattern by a low temperature process, the prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or less, more preferably 120 ° C. or less, and still more preferably 110 ° C. or less. The lower limit may be, for example, 50 ° C. or more, and may be 80 ° C. or more. By performing the prebake temperature at 150 ° C. or less, for example, when the photoelectric conversion film of the image sensor is made of an organic material, these characteristics can be more effectively maintained. The pre-bake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed on a hot plate, an oven or the like.
<<露光工程>>
 次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー等の露光装置を用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等の紫外線が好ましく(特に好ましくはi線)用いられる。照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。
<< exposure step >>
Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, pattern exposure can be performed by exposing the coloring composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured. As radiation (light) which can be used at the time of exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferably used (particularly preferably i-line). Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under the atmosphere, for example, under a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially It may be exposed with no oxygen, and may be exposed under a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. The exposure intensity is can be set appropriately, usually 1000W / m 2 ~ 100000W / m 2 ( e.g., 5000W / m 2, 15000W / m 2, or, 35000W / m 2) selected from the range of Can. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
<<現像工程>>
 次に、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターンを形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液としては、下地の固体撮像素子や回路などにダメージを起さない、有機アルカリ現像液が望ましい。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。
<< Development Process >>
Next, the unexposed area of the colored composition layer is removed by development to form a pattern. The development removal of the unexposed part of a coloring composition layer can be performed using a developing solution. As a result, the colored composition layer in the unexposed area in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, and only the photocured area remains. As a developing solution, an organic alkaline developing solution which does not cause damage to a solid-state imaging device or circuit of a base is desirable. The temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30.degree. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the removability of the residue, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying the developer anew may be repeated several times.
 現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液が好ましく使用される。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア水、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液には、界面活性剤をさらに含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤の例としては、上述した界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン系界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。なお、このようなアルカリ性水溶液からなる現像液を使用した場合には、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することが好ましい。なお、このようなアルカリ性水溶液からなる現像液を使用した場合には、現像後、純水で洗浄(リンス)することが好ましい。 As a developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferably used. Examples of the alkaline agent include aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. Organic alkaline compounds such as benzyl, trimethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene, or water Inorganic materials such as sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate Potassium compounds may be mentioned. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. The developer may further contain a surfactant. As an example of surfactant, the surfactant mentioned above is mentioned and nonionic surfactant is preferable. The developer may be prepared once as a concentrate and diluted to a concentration required for use, from the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. In addition, when using the developing solution which consists of such alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferable to wash | clean (rinse) by a pure water after image development. In addition, when using the developing solution which consists of such alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferable to wash | clean (rinse) with a pure water after image development.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。ポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の加熱処理であり、加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。また、硬化膜が形成される支持体が、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL)素子や、有機素材で構成された光電変換膜を有するイメージセンサなどを含む場合においては、ポストベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができる。ポストベークは、現像後の膜(硬化膜)を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。
 尚、パターン形成方法は、ドライエッチングによるプロセスを含んでいても良い。ドライエッチングプロセスとしては、例えば、国際公開WO2018/061781公報の段落0137~段落0165に記載のドライエッチングプロセスが挙げられる。
After development, it is preferable to carry out heat treatment (post bake) after drying. Post-baking is a heat treatment after development to complete curing, and the heating temperature is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C., and more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. When the support on which the cured film is formed includes an organic electroluminescent (organic EL) element, an image sensor having a photoelectric conversion film made of an organic material, and the like, the post-baking temperature is 150 ° C. or less Is preferred. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher. Post-baking is performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), high frequency heater or the like so that the film (cured film) after development becomes the above conditions. It can be carried out.
The pattern formation method may include a process by dry etching. As the dry etching process, for example, the dry etching process described in paragraph 0137 to paragraph 0165 of International Publication WO 2018/061781 can be mentioned.
 硬化膜は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、表面粗さRaが100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。表面粗さの測定は、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。
 また、硬化膜上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。
The cured film preferably has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and still more preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not defined, but is preferably, for example, 0.1 nm or more. The surface roughness can be measured, for example, using an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
Further, the contact angle of water on the cured film can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °. The contact angle can be measured, for example, using a contact angle meter CV-DT · A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
 各パターン(画素)の体積抵抗値は高いことが望まれる。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、例えば超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 It is desirable that the volume resistivity of each pattern (pixel) be high. Specifically, the volume resistivity of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω · cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 Ω · cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but is preferably 10 14 Ω · cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured, for example, using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
<カラーフィルタ>
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、上述した本発明の硬化膜を有する。本発明のカラーフィルタにおいて、硬化膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。本発明のカラーフィルタは、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や画像表示装置などに用いることができる。
<Color filter>
Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. In the color filter of the present invention, the thickness of the cured film can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or more. The color filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD (charge coupled device) or a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) or an image display device.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の硬化膜を有する。本発明の固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の硬化膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging device>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the cured film of the present invention is provided and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素を形成する硬化膜が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素に対して低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報に記載の装置が挙げられる。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes forming the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon etc. Device protective film formed of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. And has a color filter on the device protection film. Furthermore, the device has a light collecting means (for example, a micro lens etc., hereinafter the same) on the device protective film and under the color filter (closer to the substrate) or a structure having the light collecting means on the color filter It may be. In addition, the color filter may have a structure in which a cured film forming each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a grid shape by partition walls. The partition walls in this case preferably have a low refractive index for each colored pixel. As an example of an imaging device having such a structure, devices described in JP 2012-227478 A and JP 2014-179577 A can be mentioned. The imaging device provided with the solid-state imaging device according to the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (such as mobile phones) having an imaging function, but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の硬化膜は、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などの、画像表示装置に用いることができる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The cured film of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. For the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device, for example, “Electronic display device (authored by Akio Sasaki, Inc., Industrial Research Association, published in 1990)”, “Display device (authored by Ibuki, industrial book ( Co., Ltd., published in Heisei 1973). The liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Association, Inc., 1994)". There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the liquid crystal display device which can apply this invention, For example, it can apply to the liquid crystal display device of various systems described in said "next-generation liquid crystal display technology."
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は、質量基準である。 The present invention will be specifically described by way of examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless there is particular notice, "part" and "%" are mass references.
<着色組成物の調製>
[着色組成物の調製]
 以下に示す原料を攪拌および混合して着色組成物を調製した。なお、分散液については、以下のように調製した分散液を用いた。また、以下の表中のPGMEAの欄に記載の数値は、分散液に含まれるPGMEAを含めた数値である。また、下記の表に記載の数値は質量部である。
<Preparation of Colored Composition>
[Preparation of coloring composition]
The raw materials shown below were stirred and mixed to prepare a coloring composition. In addition, about the dispersion liquid, the dispersion liquid prepared as follows was used. Also, the numerical values described in the column of PGMEA in the following table are numerical values including PGMEA contained in the dispersion. Moreover, the numerical values described in the following table are parts by mass.
(分散液の調製)
 下記表の分散液の欄に記載の種類の顔料、顔料誘導体、樹脂を、それぞれ下記の表の分散液の欄に記載の質量部で混合し、更に溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)を加えて混合液を調製した。この混合液に直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ230質量部を加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して固形分濃度18質量%の分散液を製造した。
(Preparation of dispersion)
The pigment, the pigment derivative and the resin of the type described in the column of the dispersion in the following table are mixed by mass parts described in the column of the dispersion in the following table respectively, and further propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) as a solvent In addition, a mixture was prepared. 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were added to this mixed solution, dispersion was performed for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to prepare a dispersion having a solid content concentration of 18% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
 上記表に記載の原料は以下の通りである。なお、上記表中の「グラフト樹脂Aの含有量」は、着色組成物に含まれる樹脂の合計質量中におけるポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂(グラフト樹脂A)の含有量(質量%)の値である。 The raw materials described in the above table are as follows. The “content of graft resin A” in the above table is a repeat having a poly (meth) acrylate structure in the total mass of the resin contained in the coloring composition as a main chain, and a graft chain of polyester structure in the side chain. It is a value of content (mass%) of graft resin (graft resin A) containing 20 mol% or more of unit A.
 (顔料)
 PR254:C.I.ピグメントレッド254(式(DPP)で表される顔料)
 PR255:C.I.ピグメントレッド255(式(DPP)で表される顔料)
 PR272:C.I.ピグメントレッド272(式(DPP)で表される顔料)
 PO71:C.I.ピグメントオレンジ71(式(DPP)で表される顔料)
 PO73:C.I.ピグメントオレンジ73(式(DPP)で表される顔料)
 PY139:C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(式(DPP)で表される顔料以外の顔料)
(Pigment)
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment red 254 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP))
PR 255: C.I. I. Pigment red 255 (pigment represented by formula (DPP))
PR 272: C.I. I. Pigment red 272 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP))
PO71: C.I. I. Pigment orange 71 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP))
PO 73: C.I. I. Pigment orange 73 (pigment represented by the formula (DPP))
PY 139: C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 (pigments other than pigments represented by the formula (DPP))
 (顔料誘導体)
 B-1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(Pigment derivative)
B-1: Compound of the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 (樹脂)
 C-1:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=20000、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。C-1は上述したグラフト樹脂Aである。)
 C-2:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=24000、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。C-2は上述したグラフト樹脂Aである。)
 C-3:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11000、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である。)
 C-4:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=22900、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(resin)
C-1: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 20000, the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units, the numerical value appended to the side chains is the number of repeating units, and C-1 is the above-mentioned graft resin A.)
C-2: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 24000, the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units, the numerical value appended to the side chains is the number of repeating units, and C-2 is the graft resin described above A.)
C-3: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 11000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio of the repeating unit)
C-4: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 22900, the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 (アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 D-1:上述した樹脂C-3
(Alkali-soluble resin)
D-1: Resin C-3 described above
 (重合性化合物)
 E-1:NKエステルA-DPH-12E(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 E-2:アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)
 E-3:NKエステルA-TMMT(新中村化学工業(株)製)
(Polymerizable compound)
E-1: NK ester A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
E-2: Alonics TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
E-3: NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
 (光重合開始剤)
 F-1:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF製)
 F-2:IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF製)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
F-1: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
F-2: IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
 (界面活性剤)
 G-1:下記化合物(Mw=14000)。下記の式中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(Surfactant)
G-1: The following compound (Mw = 14000). In the following formulas,% indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 H-1:UV-503(大東化学製)
(UV absorber)
H-1: UV-503 (made by Daito Chemical Industries)
 <評価>
 (粘度比μ/μの測定)
 調製直後の着色組成物について、回転粘度計(MCR301、Anton Paar製)を使用し、せん断速度10s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μに対する、せん断速度1000s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μの比(μ/μ)を測定した。
<Evaluation>
(Measurement of viscosity ratio μ 2 / μ 1 )
When the coloring composition immediately after preparation is measured using a rotational viscometer (MCR 301, manufactured by Anton Paar) and measured at a shear rate of 1000 s -1 with respect to the viscosity μ 1 at 23 ° C. measured at a shear rate of 10 s -1 The ratio of the viscosity μ 2 at 23 ° C. (μ 2 / μ 1 ) was measured.
 (厚みムラの評価)
 8インチ(20.32cm)のシリコンウエハ上に、着色組成物をプリベーク後の膜厚が0.64μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて、スピンコート塗布(回転数=1050rpm)し、次いで、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。その後、さらにホットプレートを用いて200℃で300秒加熱して硬化膜を形成した。
 得られた硬化膜の膜厚について、光学式膜厚計(F50、フィルメトリクス製)を用い、8インチウェハの外周-中心―外周方向(直径方向)に等間隔に13点の膜厚を測定し、膜厚の最大値と最小値との差(Δt)を求めた。Δtの値を用いて厚みムラを評価した。Δtが小さいほど厚みムラが小さいことを意味する。
(Evaluation of uneven thickness)
Apply spin coating (rotational speed = 1050 rpm) to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the film thickness after prebaking becomes 0.64 μm, and then 100 Heat treatment (prebake) was performed for 120 seconds using a hot plate of 0 ° C. Thereafter, the film was further heated at 200 ° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate to form a cured film.
Regarding the film thickness of the obtained cured film, using an optical film thickness meter (F50, manufactured by Filmetrics), measure the film thickness of 13 points at equal intervals in the outer periphery-center-outer periphery direction (diameter direction) of an 8-inch wafer Then, the difference (Δt) between the maximum value and the minimum value of the film thickness was determined. The unevenness in thickness was evaluated using the value of Δt. The smaller the Δt, the smaller the thickness unevenness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
 上記表に示す通り、実施例は、Δtが小さく、厚みムラが抑制されていた。特に、C.I.ピグメントレッド254を用いた実施例1は、厚みムラを顕著に抑制することができた。
 
As shown in the above table, in the example, Δt was small, and thickness unevenness was suppressed. In particular, C.I. I. In Example 1 using pigment red 254, thickness unevenness could be significantly suppressed.

Claims (14)

  1.  式(DPP)で表される顔料と、樹脂と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であり、
     前記樹脂は、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を主鎖とし、側鎖にポリエステル構造のグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位Aを20モル%以上含むグラフト樹脂を含み、
     前記着色組成物に含まれる樹脂の60質量%以上が前記グラフト樹脂である、着色組成物;
     式(DPP)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-COORD1、-SOD1、-ORD1、-SRD1または-NRD1D2を表し、
     RD1およびRD2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
     m1およびm2はそれぞれ独立して0~5の整数を表し、
     m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよく、
     m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRはそれぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
    It is a coloring composition containing a pigment represented by Formula (DPP), a resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound,
    The resin includes a graft resin having a poly (meth) acrylate structure as a main chain and containing 20 mol% or more of a repeating unit A having a graft chain of a polyester structure in a side chain,
    A coloring composition in which 60% by mass or more of the resin contained in the coloring composition is the graft resin;
    Formula (DPP)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -COOR D1 , -SO 2 R D1 , -OR D1 , -SR D1 or -NR D1 R D2 Represents
    R D1 and R D2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
    m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5,
    When m1 is 2 or more, the m1 R 1 s may be identical to or different from each other,
    If m2 is 2 or more, may be respectively m2 one of R 2 identical or different.
  2.  前記式(DPP)で表される顔料が、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド255、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド272、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ71、および、カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ73から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The pigment represented by the above formula (DPP) is at least one selected from color index pigment red 254, color index pigment red 255, color index pigment red 272, color index pigment orange 71, and color index pigment orange 73 The coloring composition according to claim 1.
  3.  前記グラフト鎖は、式(G-1)、式(G-2)または式(G-3)で表される構造である、請求項1または2に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     RG1は、アルキレン基を表し、W100は水素原子または置換基を表す。n1~n3は、それぞれ独立して3以上の整数を表す。
    The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the graft chain is a structure represented by Formula (G-1), Formula (G-2) or Formula (G-3);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    R G1 represents an alkylene group, and W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. n1 to n3 each independently represent an integer of 3 or more.
  4.  前記グラフト鎖は、ε-カプロラクトンおよびδ-バレロラクトンから選ばれる化合物由来のポリエステル構造を含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the graft chain comprises a polyester structure derived from a compound selected from ε-caprolactone and δ-valerolactone.
  5.  前記繰り返し単位Aの重量平均分子量が1000以上である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit A is 1,000 or more.
  6.  前記重合性化合物は、酸基を有する重合性化合物を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the polymerizable compound comprises a polymerizable compound having an acid group.
  7.  前記重合性化合物の含有量が、前記グラフト樹脂の100質量部に対して100質量部以下である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound is 100 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the graft resin.
  8.  前記グラフト樹脂の含有量が、前記式(DPP)で表される顔料の100質量部に対して30~90質量部である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of the graft resin is 30 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment represented by the formula (DPP).
  9.  回転粘度計を使用し、せん断速度10s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μに対する、せん断速度1000s-1で測ったときの23℃での粘度μの比であるμ/μが0.75以上1.25以下である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 Using a rotary viscometer for viscosity mu 1 at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 10s -1, the ratio of the viscosity mu 2 at 23 ° C. when measured at a shear rate of 1000s -1 μ 2 / The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein μ 1 is 0.75 or more and 1.25 or less.
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を硬化して得られる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、
     前記着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、
     前記着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去する工程と、
     を含むパターン形成方法。
    Forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9;
    Exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern;
    Developing and removing the unexposed area of the colored composition layer;
    A pattern forming method including:
  12.  請求項10に記載の硬化膜を含むカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising the cured film according to claim 10.
  13.  請求項10に記載の硬化膜を有する固体撮像素子。 The solid-state image sensor which has a cured film of Claim 10.
  14.  請求項10に記載の硬化膜を有する画像表示装置。
     
    The image display apparatus which has a cured film of Claim 10.
PCT/JP2018/031053 2017-09-20 2018-08-22 Colored composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device WO2019058859A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019543493A JP7090628B2 (en) 2017-09-20 2018-08-22 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017180318 2017-09-20
JP2017-180318 2017-09-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019058859A1 true WO2019058859A1 (en) 2019-03-28

Family

ID=65811161

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/031053 WO2019058859A1 (en) 2017-09-20 2018-08-22 Colored composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7090628B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201915099A (en)
WO (1) WO2019058859A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020040043A1 (en) * 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020184244A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus
KR20210054968A (en) * 2019-11-06 2021-05-14 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
WO2021166856A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
WO2021166855A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
WO2021166858A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
CN114269802A (en) * 2019-08-30 2022-04-01 富士胶片株式会社 Resin, curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
CN115210612A (en) * 2020-01-20 2022-10-18 富士胶片株式会社 Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113880974B (en) * 2021-10-21 2022-10-25 天津理工大学 Photocurable liquid based on pyrrolopyrrole structure photoinitiator and acrylate resin, and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009288705A (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-10 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter, method of manufacturing the same, and solid-state image pickup device
JP2011122115A (en) * 2009-12-14 2011-06-23 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, black matrix, wafer-level lens, solid imaging element, and liquid crystal display
JP2015045736A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2016103994A1 (en) * 2014-12-25 2016-06-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2017038339A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing colored layer, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2017203979A1 (en) * 2016-05-27 2017-11-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing cured film

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009288705A (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-10 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter, method of manufacturing the same, and solid-state image pickup device
JP2011122115A (en) * 2009-12-14 2011-06-23 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, black matrix, wafer-level lens, solid imaging element, and liquid crystal display
JP2015045736A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2016103994A1 (en) * 2014-12-25 2016-06-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2017038339A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing colored layer, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2017203979A1 (en) * 2016-05-27 2017-11-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing cured film

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020040043A1 (en) * 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JPWO2020184244A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2021-12-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2020184244A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus
JP7233518B2 (en) 2019-03-11 2023-03-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
CN114269802A (en) * 2019-08-30 2022-04-01 富士胶片株式会社 Resin, curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
KR20210054968A (en) * 2019-11-06 2021-05-14 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
KR102512980B1 (en) 2019-11-06 2023-03-23 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
CN115210612B (en) * 2020-01-20 2024-05-28 富士胶片株式会社 Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
CN115210612A (en) * 2020-01-20 2022-10-18 富士胶片株式会社 Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JPWO2021166855A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26
JPWO2021166858A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26
WO2021166858A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
CN115298268A (en) * 2020-02-20 2022-11-04 富士胶片株式会社 Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
WO2021166855A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
JPWO2021166856A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26
JP7414948B2 (en) 2020-02-20 2024-01-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7428783B2 (en) 2020-02-20 2024-02-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
WO2021166856A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7090628B2 (en) 2022-06-24
JPWO2019058859A1 (en) 2020-11-05
TW201915099A (en) 2019-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6731475B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7090628B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP6864735B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7233499B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI742233B (en) Coloring composition for forming colored pixels of color filter, cured film, structure, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6892927B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2019039172A1 (en) Structure, method for producing structure, composition for forming absorbent layer, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7057412B2 (en) Coloring composition, pigment dispersion, method for producing pigment dispersion, cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP2023058504A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for forming pattern, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6604928B2 (en) Coloring composition, film and method for producing film
JP7233373B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP6997202B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7016879B2 (en) A coloring composition, a film manufacturing method, a color filter manufacturing method, a solid-state image sensor manufacturing method, and an image display device manufacturing method.
JP7162397B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18858023

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019543493

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18858023

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1